Bosch Motorsport
Equipment for High Performance Vehicles
Edition 2013

Contacts
EuropeBosch Engineering GmbH
Motorsport
Robert-Bosch-Allee 174232 AbstattGermany
Tel. +49 7062 911 79101
Fax +49 7062 911 79104
United Kingdom
Robert Bosch Ltd.
Motorsports
Broadwater Park, North Orbital Road
Denham, Uxbridge
Middlesex UB9 5HJ
United Kingdom
Tel. +44 1895 838 929
Fax +44 1895 839 019
FranceRobert Bosch France S.A.S.
Motorsport
32, avenue Michelet
B.P. 170
F – 93404 Saint-Ouen Cedex
FranceTel. +33 1 40 10 77 14
Fax +33 1 40 10 76 88
North and South America
Bosch Engineering North America
Motorsports
38000 Hills Tech Drive
Farmington Hills, MI 48331-3417
United States of America
Tel. +1 248 876 2977
Fax +1 248 876 7373
Asia Pacific
Bosch Engineering K.K.
Motorsport Department
18F Queen’s Tower C, 2-3-5- Minato Mirai
Nishi-ku, Yokohama-shi
Kanagawa 220-6218
Japan
Tel. +81 45 650 5610
Fax +81 45 650 5611
Australia (New Zealand, ASEAN and India)
Robert Bosch Pty. Ltd
1555 Centre Road
Clayton, Victoria, 3168
Australia
Tel. +61 (3) 9541 3901
Fax +61 (3) 9541 7225
motor.sport@au.bosch.com
For more information please visit
www.bosch-motorsport.com or send an email tomotorsport@bosch.com© Bosch Engineering GmbH, 2013
Modifications reserved.

Warning: It is strictly forbidden to use Bosch Motorsport
products on public roads. They are only developed for use
in racing on private closed courses!

Engine Control Units

1

Injection and Ignition

2

Alternators and Starters

3

Sensors

4

Brake Control

5

Displays

6

Data Logging Systems

7

Software8

Accessories

9

Appendix10

Table of contents | 5

Engine Control Units

9

Ignition Coils

73

Gasoline Engine Control Units

10

Engine Control Units Sport LineEngine Control Unit MS 3 SportEngine Control Unit MS 4 SportEngine Control Units Performance LineEngine Control Unit MS 5.0
Engine Control Unit MS 5.1
Engine Control Unit MS 5.5
Engine Control Unit MS 5.2

11
14
16
19
22
24
26
28

Diesel Engine Control Units

30

Engine Control Unit MS 15.1
Engine Control Unit MS 15.2
Engine Control Unit MS 12

31
33
35

Injection and Ignition

37

Diesel System Components

38

Diesel System Components

38

Single Fire Coil C90i-E8
Single Fire Coil C90i-E10
Single Fire Coil P35
Single Fire Coil P35-E8
Single Fire Coil P35-E10
Single Fire Coil P35-T
Single Fire Coil P35-TE8
Single Fire Coil P35-TE10
Single Fire Coil P50/P50-M
Single Fire Coil P65
Singel Fire Coil P65-E8
Single Fire Coil P65-E10
Single Fire Coil P65-T
Single Fire Coil P65-TE8
Single Fire Coil P65-TE10
Single Fire Coil PS
Single Fire Coil PS-T
Single Fire Coil S19
Single Fire Coil S22/S22-T
Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1
Double Fire Coil 2x2
Double Fire Coil 3x2

73
76
79
82
85
87
90
93
96
99
102
105
108
111
114
117
120
123
126
129
132
135

Electronic Throttle Body

41

Ignition Modules

138

Electronic Throttle Body

41

Fuel Pressure Regulators

44

Ignition Module IM 3.1
Ignition Module IM 3.2
Ignition Module IM 4

138
140
142

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini/Mini M
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 38
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5
FPR Adaptor
HP Control Valve DSV

44
46
48
50
52
54

Injection Valves

144

Fuel Pumps

56

Injection Valve EV 6
Injection Valve EV 12
Injection Valve EV 14
Injection Valve EV 14i
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2 LC

144
148
152
156
159
161

Fuel Pump FP 100
Fuel Pump FP 165
Fuel Pump FP 200
Fuel Pump FP 300
Fuel Pump FP 300L
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-FCV/-FCV HP
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-FD
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-LW

56
58
60
62
64
66
68
69

Alternators and Starters

163

Alternators

164

Alternator B3
Alternator GCM1

164
166

Starters

170

HP Injection Power Stages

70

HPI 1.1
HPI 1.16 HV/HVD
HPI 5

70
71
72

Starter 1.4 kW
Starter 1.7 kW
Starter 2.0 kW

170
172
174

Sensors

177

Absolute Position Sensor

178

Absolute Position Sensor APS-C

178

Current Sensor

180

Current Sensor CS 240

180

6 | Table of contents

Dynamic Vehicle Sensors

182

Rotary Potentiometers

277

Acceleration Sensor AM 600-2
Acceleration Sensor AM 600-3
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10
Lean Angle Sensor LAS-1
Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3

182
184
186
189
192

Gear Shift Sensor

195

Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2

195

Rotary Potentiometer Mini-RP 100-M
Rotary Potentiometer RP 50-/130-/350-M
Rotary Potentiometer RP 55
Rotary Potentiometer RP 86
Rotary Potentiometer RP 100/130/308
Rotary Potentiometer RP 100 twin
Rotary Potentiometer RP 345-M
Rotary Potentiometer RP 360-H

277
279
281
283
285
287
289
291

Knock Sensors

197

Speed Sensors

293

Knock Sensor KS-P
Knock Sensor KS-R

197
199

Lambda Sensors

201

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9D
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

201
204
207
210

Linear Potentiometers

213

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-D 90
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-M
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P2
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P sealed
Inductive Speed Sensor IA
Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C
Inductive Speed Sensor IS
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-M
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-T

293
295
297
299
301
305
307
309
311
313
315
317

Linear Potentiometer LP 10
Linear Potentiometer LP 25
Linear Potentiometer LP 25 twin
Linear Potentiometer LP 50
Linear Potentiometer LP 50 twin
Linear Potentiometer LP 75
Linear Potentiometer LP 75F
Linear Potentiometer LP 100
Linear Potentiometer LP 100F
Linear Potentiometer LP 150

213
215
217
219
221
223
225
227
229
231

Temperature Sensors

319

Pressure Sensors Air

233

Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-H
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS
Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS
Temperature Sensor NTC M12
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L
Temperature Sensor PT 200E
Temperature Sensors Infrared TI-16-r/-s
Temperature Sensors Infrared TI-100-s/-c

319
321
323
325
327
329
331
333
335
337

Pressure Sensor Air PSA-B
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-C
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-2
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4
Pressure Sensor Air PSP
Pressure Sensor Air PST

233
236
239
242
244
246

Thermocouple Probes

339

Thermocouple Probe TCP K
Thermocouple Probe TCP KA
Thermocouple Probe TCP KN2

339
341
344

Pressure Sensors Fluid

249

Wire Potentiometers

346

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-250R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-S
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-100R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2

249
251
253
255
257
259
261
263
265
267
269
271
274

Wire Potentiometer WP 35
Wire Potentiometer WP 50
Wire Potentiometer WP 75
Wire Potentiometer WP 100
Wire Potentiometer WP 120
Wire Potentiometer WP 125

346
348
350
352
354
356

Brake Control

359

ABS

360

ABS M4 Kit

360

Table of contents | 7

Displays363

Accessories

411

Displays364

Communication Interface

412

Display DDU 7
Display DDU 8

364
366

MSA-Box II

412

Connector Opening Tool

413

Data Logging Systems

369

Connector Opening Tool for AS series

413

Data Loggers

370

CardMemory C 40/C 40 Plus
Data Logging Accessories
Data Logger C 50
Data Logger C 60
Data Logging System DLS
Upgrade USB

370
371
372
374
376
378

Expansion Modules

414

AWS LSU 4.9
Lambdatronic LT4

414
416

PowerBox

419

PowerBox PBX 180

419

Lap Trigger Systems

380

Lap Trigger HF 58 Receiver
Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter
Lap Trigger IR-02 Receiver
Lap Trigger IR-02 Transmitter

380
382
383
384

Relay

423

Relay 25 A

423

Switches

425

Sensor Interfaces

385

Switches

425

Extended Module EM-LIN
Modular Sensor Interface M 60

385
387

Wiper Motor

426

Wiper Direct Actuator WDA

426

Telemetry389

Wiring Harnesses

429

Online Telemetry System Overview
Telemetry Unit FM 40
Pit Receiver Box
Pit Receiver Package
Burst Telemetry System Overview
Burst Telemetry Pit Module BR 60F
Burst Telemetry Car Module BT 60F

389
391
392
393
394
396
397

Wiring Harnesses

429

Appendix

431

General Information

432

General Information

432

Telemetry Accessories

398

Vibration Profiles

433

FM 40 Tester
Telemetry Antenna Dummy Load
Telemetry Car Antenna Single Band
Antenna Cable Kit

398
399
400
401

Vibration Profile 1
Vibration Profile 2
Vibration Profile 3

433
434
435

Software403

Calibration

404

Modas
Modas Sport
RaceCon

404
405
406

Simulation

407

LapSim407

Analysis409

WinDarab V7409

8 | Table of contents

Engine Control Units

1

Gasoline Engine Control Units

10

Diesel Engine Control Units30

10 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

Gasoline Engine Control Units

1

Sport Line ECUs
Type

Engine Control Unit MS 3 SportEngine Control Unit MS 4 Sport

Max. Cyl./bank

6/2

8[GDI 6]/2

Control strategy

Alpha/nAlpha/nLambda ctrl

Dual

Dual

Turbo boost ctrl

-

Opt.

Knock ctrl

Opt.

Opt.

El. Throttle ctrl

Opt.

Opt.

Traction ctrl

Opt.

Opt.

GDI support

-

Opt.

Proposed logger

C 50

C 50

Proposed display

DDU 7

DDU 7

Performance Line ECUs
Type

Engine Control Unit
MS 5.0Engine Control Unit
MS 5.1Engine Control Unit
MS 5.5Engine Control Unit
MS 5.2Max. Cyl./bank

8/2

8/2

8/2

12/2

Control strategy

Torque-structure based

Torque structure based

Torque structure based

Torque structure based

Lambda ctrl

Dual

Dual

Dual

Dual

Turbo boost ctrl

+

+

+

+

Knock ctrl

+

+

+

+

El. Throttle ctrl

+

+

+

+

Traction ctrl

+

+

+

+

GDI support

+

+

+

+

Proposed logger

C 60

C 60

Integrated 2 GB logger

C 60

Proposed display

DDU 8

DDU 8

DDU 8

DDU 8

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 11

Engine Control Units SportLineThe Sport Line introduces a simple and competitive
start in the world of engine control units from Bosch
Motorsport. In comparison with the Performance Line
ECUs from Bosch Motorsport, the Sport Line devices
have an optimized function range that make the initialstart-up process much simpler.
The Sport Line has three different hardware platforms
that vary in their amount of inputs/outputs and functionality that provide the optimal ECU to be selected for agiven project’s requirements. Additionally, each ECU in
the Sport Line can be tailored to support certain projectneeds through various software options. To complete
the entire entry level system, Bosch Motorsport offers
the display unit DDU 7 and the external data logger
C 50.

Example for a typical Sport Line system

Depicted below is an example system layout for the
ECUs of the Sport Line. The ECU is calibrated with theModas Sport software. The communication interface
MSA-Box II connects to the PC over USB and to the ECU
via a CAN/K-Line link. The display DDU 7 is configured
over Ethernet with the software RaceCon. The ECU
sends the desired measured variables to the display/logger via CAN interface or Ethernet. These variables
can be displayed for the driver or logged for analysis.
Downloading and analyzing the data is also accomplished over Ethernet with the WinDarab software.

1

12 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

Dimensions

1

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 13

Sport Line ECUs
Type

Engine Control Unit MS 3 SportEngine Control Unit MS 4 Sport

Max. Cyl./bank

6/2

8[GDI 6]/2

Control strategy

Alpha/nAlpha/nLambda ctrl

Dual

Dual

Turbo boost ctrl

-

Opt.

Knock ctrl

Opt.

Opt.

El. Throttle ctrl

Opt.

Opt.

Traction ctrl

Opt.

Opt.

GDI support

-

Opt.

Proposed logger

C 50

C 50

Proposed display

DDU 7

DDU 7

1

14 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

1Engine Control Unit
MS 3 Sport

Traction control

Optional

Interface to Bosch Motorsport ABS M4 kit
Support of 60-2 and 36-2 ignition trigger wheels
Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 3 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Extremely small and flat aluminum pressure casting housing
4 mounting points on housing
2 connectors with high pin density
Extremely shock and vibration proof hybrid technology

FeaturesSize

120 x 90 x 40 mm

Weight

250 g

Temperature range-40 to 125°C

uFull hybrid technology

Electrical Datau

6 injection output stages

Max. power consumptionu

6 ignition output stages

Power supplyu34 data inputs

Full operation

9 to 16 VuMating connectors included

Recommended

11 to 14 V

The MS 3 Sport is the first Bosch engine management
system to be manufactured with full hybrid technology.
Therefore it is very small, lightly and robust against vibrations. The MS 3 Sport is suitable for engines with up
to 6 cylinders and has internal ignition output stages.
Two sensor inputs are available for vibration knock detection and knock control. Various engine parameters
can be measured with different input channels andtransferred via CAN interface to an optional data logger
or dash display.

InputsApplication

Outputs

Engine layout

Max. 6 cyl., 2 bankControl strategy

Alpha/nLambda control

Dual

Speed limiter

10 W at 14 V

2 lambda interfaces LSU
4 inputs for Hall-effect wheel speed sensors
1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor
1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor
2 knock sensor inputs

6 injection power stages
6 ignition power stages (7.5 to 8.0 A)
8 power stages (2 A/1 A; low side; PWM)
2 power stages for lambda heater
1 H-bridge (5 A)

Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch, 3 positions, each corresponds to different target lambda
and spark maps.
Fuel cut off

2 sensor supplies 5 V/100 mA

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

Sequential fuel injection
Asymmetric injection timing

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Asymmetric ignition timing
Knock control

Optional

Electronic throttle control

Optional

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 15

Optional Functionality
Knock control SW upgrade

F 01T A20 053-01

Electronic throttle control SW
upgradeF 01T A20 051-01

Traction control SW upgrade

F 01T A20 052-01

Environment (not included)
Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-02

Data logger C 50

F 02U V01 164-01

Display DDU 7

F 02U V01 130-01

Mating connectors (included)
Mating connector I

D 261 205 139-01

Mating connector II

D 261 205 140-01

Communication
1 K-line serial interface
1 CAN interface

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 3 Sport
Please ask for more information before ordering.
Order number F 01T A20 067-01
Software Options
SW Upgrade Traction Control
Order number F 01T A20 052-01
SW Upgrade Knock Control
Order number F 01T A20 053-01
SW Upgrade El. Throttle Control
Order number F 01T A20 051-01

1

16 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

1Engine Control Unit
MS 4 Sport

Vibration damped circuit boardsSize

180 x 162 x 46 mm

Weight430 g

Temperature range-40 to 75°C

Electrical Data
Max. power consumption

30 W at 14 V

Power supply
Full operation

10 to 18 V

Recommended

11 to 14 V

Inputs2 lambda interfaces LSU

Featuresu

8 injection output stages

u

8 ignition driversu

35 data inputs

4 inputs for Hall-effect wheel speed sensors
1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor
1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor
25 universal inputs 0 to 5 V

The MS 4 Sport is an engine management system forhigh performance engines up to 8 cylinders. The system
contains 8 ignition drivers for external power stages and
8 independent injection power stages. Two independentwide range lambda circuits allow lambda closed loop
engine control. There are also versions for Turbo and
GDI engines as well as for Turbo GDI engines available.
Various engine parameters can be measured with different input channels and transferred via CAN interface toan optional data logger.

Application

2 knock sensor inputs

Outputs
8 injection power stages
8 ignition drivers
10 power stages (2,7 A/0,6 A; low side; PWM)
2 power stages for lambda heater
1 H-bridge (5 A)
2 sensor supplies 5 V/100 mA

Control strategy

Alpha/n

SoftwareLambda control

Dual

Modas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Speed limiter
Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch, 3 positions, each corresponds to different target lambda
and spark maps.
Fuel cut off
Turbo boost control
Asymmetric injection timing
Asymmetric ignition timing
Ignition trigger wheels

Support of 60-2 and 36-2

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 3 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Sheet-metal housing
Each connector pin individually filtered

Optional Functionality
Advanced Turbo boost control

F 02U V00 781-01

Knock control SW upgrade

F 01T A20 053-01

Electronic throttle control SW
upgradeF 01T A20 051-01

Electronic throttle control incl.
shift down (Blipper) SW upgrade, also compatible to MEGALine gear box control

F 02U V00 780-01

Traction control SW upgrade

F 01T A20 052-01

Variable valve timing VVT SW upgrade

F 02U V00 395-01

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 17

Environment (not included)
Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-02

Data logger C 50

F 02U V01 164-01

Display DDU 7

F 02U V01 130-01

Injection power stage unit HPI 5

F 02U V00 929-01

HP fuel pump HDP 5

Diff. variations available

Mating connectors (not included)
Mating connector I

D 261 205 344-01

Mating connector II

D 261 205 345-01

Installation Notes
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

Communication
1 K-line serial interface
2 CAN interfaces for external communication

Ordering Information
MS 4 Sport
Order number F 01T A20 049-02
MS 4 Sport GDI
Only in combination with HPI 5
Order number F 02U V01 138-01
MS 4 Sport Turbo
Order number F 01T A20 060-01
MS 4 Sport Turbo GDI
Only in combination with HPI 5
Order number F 02U V01 000-01
MS 4 Sport Motorcycle
Order number F 02U V00 024-01
Software Options
SW Upgrade Traction Control
Order number F 01T A20 052-01
SW Upgrade Knock Control
Order number F 01T A20 053-01
SW Upgrade El. Throttle Control
Order number F 01T A20 051-01
SW Upgrade Advanced Turbo Control
Order number F 02U V00 781-01
SW Upgrade Variable Valve Timing
Order number F 02U V00 395-01
SW Upgrade ETC & Blipper
Order number F 02U V00 780-01

1

18 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control UnitsECU MS 4 Sport Variations

1

Type

MS 4 SportMS 4 Sport GDI

MS 4 Sport Turbo

MS 4 Sport Turbo
GDI

MS 4 Sport Motorcycle

Max. Cyl./bank

8/2

6/2

8/2

6/2

4/2

GDI support

-

+

-

+

-

ABS M4 interface

+

+

+

+

-

Turbo boost ctrl

-

-

+

+

-

Advanced turbo
boost ctrl

-

-

-

Opt.

Opt.

Knock ctrl

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

-

El. Throttle ctrl

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

-

El. Throttle ctrl incl.
shift down (Blipper)

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

-

Traction ctrl

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

-

Var. valve timing

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

-

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 19

Engine Control Units
Performance LineThe ECUs of the Performance Line offers individual solutions for various motorsport applications. All MS 5 ECUs
utilize a new software development process based on
MATLAB® & Simulink® to significantly speed algorithm
development. They also feature a high-end FPGA (Field
Programmable Gate Array) for fast signal processing andflexible signal control. A PowerPC enables highly sophisticated control algorithms. Consistent software structure guarantees easy recognition of all software labels
and functions across the complete ECU PerformanceLine. It is completed by use of the DDU 8 display andthe C 60 external data logger.
The ECUs in the Performance Line use torque as thecentral variable for coordinating all requests (i.e. engine/vehicle speed limiter, traction control, etc.). The
actual engine torque value is determined from the correcting variables (air charge, ignition angle, and/or cylinder reduction via fuel cut) by means of a torque model.
This is then compared to the desired engine torque value to determine if any modification of the engine torqueis needed. This results in a precise and adaptable control of the engine.

Example for a typical Performance Line system

Depicted below you see an example system layout for
the Performance Line. The ECU is calibrated with thesoftware Modas Sport. The communication interface
MSA-Box II connects to the PC over USB and to the ECU
via a CAN/Ethernet link. DDU 8 display and C 60 datalogger are configured over Ethernet with the software
RaceCon. The logger and the ECU communicate over
Ethernet. Downloading and analyzing the data is accomplished with the data analysis software WinDarab. The
data can be also transmitted over burst or online telemetry.

1

20 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

Dimensions

1

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 21

Performance Line ECUs
Type

Engine Control Unit
MS 5.0Engine Control Unit
MS 5.1Engine Control Unit
MS 5.5Engine Control Unit
MS 5.2Max. Cyl./bank

8/2

8/2

8/2

12/2

Control strategy

Torque-structure based

Torque structure based

Torque structure based

Torque structure based

Lambda ctrl

Dual

Dual

Dual

Dual

Turbo boost ctrl

+

+

+

+

Knock ctrl

+

+

+

+

El. Throttle ctrl

+

+

+

+

Traction ctrl

+

+

+

+

GDI support

+

+

+

+

Proposed logger

C 60

C 60

Integrated 2 GB logger

C 60

Proposed display

DDU 8

DDU 8

DDU 8

DDU 8

1

22 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Unit MS 5.0

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. Vibration

1

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
2 high pin density motorsport connectors
132 pins, each pin individually filteredVibration damped circuit boards

FeaturesSize

140 x 109 x 40.5 mm

Weight

650 g

Temp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 85°Cu

8 injection output stages

Electrical Datau

8 ignition output stages

Approx. power cons. (w/o loads)u

51 data inputs

Power supply

The MS 5.0 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 8 cylinders. As a member of our MS 5 family,
it features a powerful digital processing core with floating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate
performance and flexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a
new software development process based on MATLAB/
Simulink, which significantly speeds algorithm development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be quickly and easily generated. The flexible hardware design allows the MS 5.0
to support complex or unusual engine or chassis configurations.

Application

9 W at 14 V

Full operation

6.5 to 18 V

Recommended

11 to 14 V

Absolute maximum

6 to 24 V

Inputs2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)
1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
4 wheel speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect)

Engine layout

Max. 8 cyl., 2 bank

32 universal analog inputs 0 to 5 V, 12 Bit

Control strategy

Torque-structure based

Lambda control

With adaptation function

4 analog inputs (angle synchronous or time synchronous triggering up
to 250 ksps, 12 Bit)
2 inputs for vibration knock sensors

Speed limiter1 lap trigger input

Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch, 3 positions, each corresponds to different target lambda
and spark maps.
Fuel cut off

8 injection power stages
8 ignition power stages (up to 10 A)

Turbo boost control

12 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)

Knock control

2 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)

Electronic throttle control

1 H-bridge (5 A)

Traction control

2 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA

Sequential fuel injection

1 time based synch-in/out

Asymmetric injection timing

Software

Asymmetric ignition timing
Calibration interface

Outputs

CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet

Modas Sport Calibration Software

InclusiveEngine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 23

Environment (not included)
Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-02

Data logger C 60

F 02U V00 875-02

Display DDU 8

F 02U V00 873-05

Mating connectors (not included)
Mating connector blue
AS 6-18-35 SB

F 02U 000 474-01

Mating connector red
AS 6-18-35 SN

F 02U 000 472-01

Installation Notes
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

Communication
2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces
2 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 5.0
Order number F 02U V00 326-03

1

24 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Unit MS 5.1

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. Vibration

1

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
3 high pin density motorsport connectors
165 pins, each pin individually filteredVibration suppression via multipoint fixed circuit boards

Featuresu

8 injection output stages

u

8 ignition output stagesu59 data inputs

Size

180 x 155 x 40 mm

Weight

1,060 gTemp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 85°C

Electrical Data
Power cons. (w/o loads)

The MS 5.1 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 8 cylinders. As a member of our MS 5 family,
it features a powerful digital processing core with floating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate
performance and flexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a
new software development process based on MATLAB/
Simulink, which significantly speeds algorithm development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be quickly and easily generated. The flexible hardware design allows the MS 5.1
to support complex or unusual engine or chassis configurations.

Approx. 9 W at 14 V

Power supply
Operating range

6.5 to 18 V

Recommended

11 to 14 V

Absolute maximum

6 to 24 V

Inputs2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)
1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

Application
Engine layout

Max. 8 cyl., 2 bankControl strategy

Torque-structure based

Lambda control

With adaptation function

2 turbo speed sensors (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
4 wheel speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect)
38 universal analog inputs 0 to 5 V, 12 Bit

Speed limiter4 analog inputs (angle synchronous or time synchronous triggering up
to 250 ksps, 12 Bit)

Gear cut for sequential gear box

4 inputs for vibration knock sensors

Map switch, 3 positions, each corresponds to different target lambda
and spark maps.

1 lap trigger input

Outputs

Fuel cut off

8 injection power stages (peak & hold)

Turbo boost control

8 ignition power stages (up to 20 A)

Knock control

20 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)

Electronic throttle control

4 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)

Traction control

2 H-bridges (5 A)

Sequential fuel injection
Asymmetric injection timing

Optional

Asymmetric ignition timing

Optional

Calibration interface

CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet

3 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA
1 sensor supply 10 V/100 mA
1 protected Ubat output 1 A

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 25

6 diagnostic outputs with selectable internal signals
1 time base reference synch-in/out

1

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

Environment (not included)
Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-02

Data logger C 60

F 02U V00 875-02

Display DDU 8

F 02U V00 873-05

Mating connectors (not included)
Mating connector yellow
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating connector blue
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector red
AS 6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

Communication
2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces
1 x RS232 serial interface
3 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces
1 x LIN interface

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 5.1
Order number F 02U V00 995-01

26 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Unit MS 5.5
1

Asymmetric ignition timing

Optional

Calibration interface

CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Internal logger 2 GB
Max. Vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
3 high pin density motorsport connectors
165 pins, each pin individually filteredFeaturesuInternal 2 GB dataloggeru

8 injection output stages

u

8 ignition output stagesu59 data inputs

Vibration suppression via multipoint fixed circuit boardsSize

180 x 155 x 40 mm

Weight (approx.)

1,270 gTemp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 65°C

Electrical Data

The MS 5.5 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 8 cylinders. As a member of our MS 5 family,
it features a powerful digital processing core with floating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate
performance and flexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a
new software development process based on MATLAB/
Simulink, which significantly speeds algorithm development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be quickly and easily generated. The flexible hardware design allows the MS 5.5
to support complex or unusual engine or chassis configurations.
The MS 5.5 has an internal 2 GB logger, presenting a
cost efficient and weight optimized all-in-one solution.

Application

Approx. power cons. (w/o loads)

13 W at 14 V

Power Supply
Full operation

6.5 to 18 V

Recommended

11 to 14 V

Absolute maximum

6 to 24 V

Inputs2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)
1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

Engine layout

Max. 8 cyl., 2 bank

2 turbo speed sensors (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

Control strategy

Torque-structure based

4 wheel speed sensors (Inductive or Hall-effect)

Lambda control

With adaptation function

38 universal analog inputs 0 to 5 V, 12 Bit

Speed limiter4 analog inputs (Angle synchronous or time synchronous triggering up
to 250 ksps, 12 Bit)

Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch, 3 positions, each corresponds to different target lambda
and spark maps.
Fuel cut off

1 lap trigger input

Outputs

Turbo boost control

8 injection power stages

Knock control

8 ignition power stages (up to 20 A)

Electronic throttle control

20 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)

Traction control

4 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)

Sequential fuel injection
Asymmetric injection timing

4 inputs for vibration knock sensors

Optional

2 H-bridges (5 A)

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 27

3 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA and 1 x 10 V/100 mA
1 protected Ubat output 1 A
6 diagnostic outputs with selectable internal signals
1 time based synch-in/out

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Environment (not included)
Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-02

Data logger C 60

F 02U V00 875-02

Display DDU 8

F 02U V00 873-05

Mating connectors (not included)
Mating connector yellow
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating connector blue
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector red
AS 6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

Communication
2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces
1 x RS232 serial interface
3 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces
1 x LIN interface

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 5.5
Order number F 02U V00 285-04

1

28 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Unit MS 5.2

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. Vibration

1

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
4 high pin density motorsport connectors
220 pins, each pin individually filteredVibration resistant circuit board mounting

FeaturesSize

200 x 170 x 36.5 mm

Weight (approx.)

1,260 g
-20 to 85°C

u

12 injection output stages

Temp. range (at internal sensors)u

12 ignition output stages

Electrical Datau

78 data inputs

Power cons. (w/o loads)

The MS 5.2 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. As a member of our MS 5 family, it features a powerful digital processing core withfloating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a new software development process based on
MATLAB/Simulink, which significantly speeds algorithm
development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be quickly andeasily generated. The flexible hardware design allows
the MS 5.2 to support complex or unusual engine orchassis configurations.

Application

Approx. 10 W at 14 V

Power supply
Operating range

6.5 to 18 V

Recommended

11 to 14 V

Absolute maximum

6 to24 V

Inputs2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)
1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

Engine layout

Max. 12 cyl., 2 bank

2 turbo speed sensors (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

Control strategy

Torque-structure based

4 wheel speed sensors (Inductive or Hall-effect)

Lambda control

With adaptation function

2 gearbox speed sensor (Inductive or Hall-effect)

Speed limiter

45 universal analog inputs 0 to 5 V, 12 Bit

Gear cut for sequential gear box

14 analog inputs (Angle synchronous or time synchronous triggering
up to 250 ksps, 12 Bit)

Map switch, 3 positions, each corresponds to different target lambda
and spark maps.

4 inputs for vibration knock sensors

Fuel cut off

1 lap trigger input

Turbo boost control

Outputs

Knock control

12 injection power stages (Peak & hold)Electronic throttle control

12 ignition power stages (Up to 20 A)

Traction control

16 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)

Sequential fuel injection

4 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)

Asymmetric injection timing

Optional

Asymmetric ignition timing

Optional

Calibration interface

CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet

4 H-bridge valve drivers (± 100 mA)
2 H-bridges (5 A)
4 sensor supplies 3 x 5 V/400 mA and 1 x 10 V/100 mA

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 29

6 diagnostic outputs with selectable internal signals
12 outputs with configurable function (FPGA)
1 time base reference synch-in/out

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

Environment (not included)
Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-02

Data logger C 60

F 02U V00 875-02

Display DDU 8

F 02U V00 873-05

Mating connectors (not included)
Mating connector yellow
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating connector blue
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector orange
AS 6-16-35 SC

F 02U 000 469-01

Mating connector red
AS 6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

Communication
2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces
1 x RS232 serial interface
4 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 5.2
Order number F 01T A20 069-01

1

30 | Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units

Diesel ECUs

1

Type

Engine Control Unit MS 15.1

Engine Control Unit MS 15.2

Engine Control Unit MS 12

Max. Cyl.

8

6

12

Injector types

Solenoid injectors

Piezo injectors

Piezo injectors

Control strategy

Quantity based

Quantity based

Quantity based

Injections

Max. 5Max. 4Max. 4

Inputs/Outputs

60/32

60/30

75/52

Turbo boost control system

Single or twin turbo

Single or twin turbo

Single or twin turbo

Lambda measurement

+

+

+

Traction control system

Optional

Optional+

Weight1,780 g

1,780 g2,500 g

Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units | 31

Engine Control Unit MS 15.1

8 housing fixation points
Size

210 x 199 x 36 mm

Weight1,780 gTemperature range-20 to 85°C

Electrical Data
Power consumption w/o inj.

Approx. 5 W at 14 V

Power consumption

Approx. 140 W at 14 V

Inputs2 inputs for thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces LSU
4 inputs for wheel speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors

Features

4 inputs for turbo speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensorsu

8 injection output stages

1 input for inductive crankshaft sensoru

For solenoid injectors

1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensoru

60 data inputs

3 system inputs 0 to 5 V

The MS 15.1 is an ECU for Diesel engines with up to 8
cylinders. It is developed for use with Bosch solenoid injectors.

Application

13 universal inputs 0 to 5, fixed pull-up
27 universal inputs 0 to 5 V, switchable pull-up
3 digital inputs

Outputs

Engine layout

Max. 8 cyl.

Injector type

Solenoid injectors

Control strategy

Quantity based

Injection timing

2 pilot injections
2 main injections
1 post injection

2 H-bridges

Turbo boost control

Single or Bi-Turbo

3 sensor supplies 5 V/300 mA

Lambda measurement
Traction control

8 injection power stages
12 power stages (low side)
2 power stages for lambda heater

2 sensor supplies 5 V/system use

3 sensor supplies 10 V/100 mA
Optional

Speed limiter

SoftwareGear cut for sequential gearbox

Modas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

Speed limiter

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Optional function packages available

Optional Functionality

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Traction control SW upgrade

F 02U V00 778-01

Chassis SW upgrade

F 02U V00 779-01

Two bank hydraulic control SW
upgradeF 02U V00 949-01

Environment (not included)

Aluminum housing

Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-01

4 connectors in motorsport technology with high pin density,
187 pins

Data logger C 55

F 01E B01 630-01

Data logger C 60

F 02U V00 875-01

Display DDU 7

F 02U V01 130-01

Vibration damped circuit boards

1

32 | Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units

1

Display DDU 8

F 02U V00 873-05

Modular sensor interface MSI 55

F 01T A20 024-01

Mating connectors (not included)
Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-16-35 SC

F 02U 000 469-01

Mating connector IV
AS 6-12-35 SD

F 02U 000 445-01

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

Communication
3 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use)
2 FireWire interfaces for external communication

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 15.1
Order number F 01T A20 022-01
Software Options
SW Upgrade Traction Control
Order number F 02U V00 778-01
SW Upgrade Chassis
Order number F 02U V00 779-01
SW Upgrade Two Bank Hydraulic Control
Order number F 02U V00 949-01

Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units | 33

Engine Control Unit MS 15.2

8 housing fixation points
Size

210 x 199 x 36 mm

Weight1,780 gTemperature range-20 to 85°C

Electrical Data
Power consumption w/o inj.

Approx. 5 W at 14 V

Power consumption

Approx. 140 W at 14 V

Inputs2 inputs for thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces LSU
4 inputs for wheel speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors

Features

4 inputs for turbo speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensorsu

6 injection output stages

1 input for inductive crankshaft sensoru

For Piezo injectors

1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensoru

60 data inputs

3 system inputs 0 to 5 V

The MS 15.2 is an ECU for Diesel engines with up to 6
cylinders. It is developed for use with Bosch Piezo injectors.

Application

13 universal inputs 0 to 5, fixed pull-up
27 universal inputs 0 to 5 V, switchable pull-up
3 digital inputs

Outputs

Engine layout

Max. 6 cyl.

Injector type

Piezo injectors

Control strategy

Quantity based

Injection timing

2 pilot injections
1 main injection
1 post injection

2 H-bridges

Turbo boost control

Single or Bi-Turbo

3 sensor supplies 5 V/300 mA

Lambda measurement
Traction control

6 injection power stages
12 power stages (low side)
2 power stages for lambda heater

2 sensor supplies 5 V/system use

3 sensor supplies 10 V/100 mA
Optional

Speed limiter

SoftwareGear cut for sequential gearbox

Modas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

Speed limiter

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Optional function packages available

Optional Functionality

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Traction control SW upgrade

F 02U V00 778-01

Chassis SW upgrade

F 02U V00 779-01

Two bank hydraulic control SW
upgradeF 02U V00 949-01

Environment (not included)

Aluminum housing

Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-01

4 connectors in motorsport technology with high pin density,
187 pins

Data logger C 55

F 01E B01 630-01

Data logger C 60

F 02U V00 875-01

Display DDU 7

F 02U V01 130-01

Vibration damped circuit boards

1

34 | Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units

1

Display DDU 8

F 02U V00 873-05

Ordering Information

Modular sensor interface MSI 55

F 01T A20 024-01

Engine Control Unit MS 15.2
Order number F 01T A20 023-03

Mating connectors (not included)
Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-16-35 SC

F 02U 000 469-01

Mating connector IV
AS 6-12-35 SD

F 02U 000 445-01

Piezo Specific Functions
Voltage Control
Rail pressure dependent precontrol of the voltage difference between
cut off voltage and stationary actuator voltage.
Closed-loop voltage control, injector individual.
Voltage precontrol to improve dynamic behavior.
Discharging Time Control
Voltage dependent precontrol of discharging current.
Closed-loop discharging time control, injector individual.
Discharging time precontrol to improve dynamic behavior.
IVA Injector Voltage Adjustment
Determination of injector voltage demand at reference rail pressureduring injector inspection in plant before IQA-measurement.
Injector assignment of voltage setpoint curves within the ECU according to injector’s IVA class.
Temperature Compensation
Determination of the temperature dependent changes of voltage demand.
Definition of a temperature dependent correction factor.
Multiplicative correction of the voltage setpoint.

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

Communication
3 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use)
2 FireWire interfaces for external communication

Software Options
SW Upgrade Traction Control
Order number F 02U V00 778-01
SW Upgrade Chassis
Order number F 02U V00 779-01
SW Upgrade Two Bank Hydraulic Control
Order number F 02U V00 949-01

Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units | 35

Engine Control Unit MS 12

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

1

Aluminum housing
5 connectors in motorsport technology with high pin density, 242
pins
Each connector individually filtered.
Vibration damped circuit boards
8 housing fixation pointsSize

240 x 200 x 57 mm

Weight2,500 gTemperature range-20 to 85°C

Electrical Data
Featuresu

12 injection output stagesu

For piezo injectors

u78 data inputs

Power consumption at 6,500rpm

Max. 160 W at 14 V

6 inputs for thermocouple sensors (e.g. exhaust gas temperature)
2 lambda interfaces LSU
4 inputs for wheel speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors
2 gear box speeds
4 inputs for turbo speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors
2 inputs for inductive crankshaft sensor
1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor

Application

3 system inputs 0 to 5 V

Engine layout

Max. 12 cyl.

Injector type

Piezo injectors

Control strategy

Quantity based

Injection timing

2 pilot injections
1 main injection
1 post injection
Single or Twin-Turbo

Lambda measurement

16 PT1000
32 universal inputs 0 to 5 V, switchable pull-up
3 digital inputs
2 LVDT sensor interfaces
1 SSI interface

Outputs
12 injection power stages

Traction control

24 power stages low side

Launch control

2 power stages for lambda heater

Gear cut for sequential gearbox

6 H-bridges

Gearbox control

2 sensor supplies 5 V/system use

Speed limiter

3 sensor supplies 5 V/300 mA

Optional function packages available

3 sensor supplies 5 V/300 mA or 10 V/100 mA

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. vibration

Approx. 5 W at 14 V

InputsThe MS 12 is the high-end ECU for Diesel engines. ThisECU offers 12 Piezo injection power stages for use in up
to a 12 cylinder engine. Various engine and chassis parameters can be measured with a high number of input
channels. All measured data can be transferred via FireWire interface to an optional flash card data logger. Additional MSI 55 (Modular Sensor Interfaces) can be connected to increase the number of inputs. Gear box control strategies are optional.

Turbo boost control (incl. VTG)

Power consumption w/o inj.

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Software
WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

36 | Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units

Environment (not included)1

Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-01

Data logger C 55

F 01E B01 630-01

Data logger C 60

F 02U V00 875-01

Display DDU 7

F 02U V01 130-01

Display DDU 8

F 02U V00 873-05

Modular sensor interface MSI 55

F 01T A20 024-01

Mating connectors (not included)

Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

Communication
2 K-line serial interfaces
5 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use, switchable CAN
load resistor)
2 FireWire interfaces for external communication

Mating connector I
AS 6-18-35 SA

F 02U 000 473-01

Ordering Information

Mating connector II
AS 6-18-35 SB

F 02U 000 474-01

Engine Control Unit MS 12
Order number on request

Mating connector III
AS 6-18-35 SC

F 02U 000 475-01

Mating connector IV
AS 6-18-35 SN

F 02U 000 472-01

Mating connector V
AS 6-12-35 SD

F 02U 000 445-01

Piezo Specific Functions
Voltage Control
Rail pressure dependent precontrol of the voltage difference between
cut off voltage and stationary actuator voltage.
Closed-loop voltage control, injector individual.
Voltage precontrol to improve dynamic behavior.
Discharging Time Control
Voltage dependent precontrol of discharging current.
Closed-loop discharging time control, injector individual.
Discharging time precontrol to improve dynamic behavior.
IVA Injector Voltage Adjustment
Determination of injector voltage demand at reference rail pressureduring injector inspection in plant before IQA-measurement.
Injector assignment of voltage setpoint curves within the ECU according to injector’s IVA class.
Temperature Compensation
Determination of the temperature dependent changes of voltage demand.
Definition of a temperature dependent correction factor.
Multiplicative correction of the voltage set point.

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).

Injection and Ignition

2

Diesel System Components

38

Electronic Throttle Body

41

Fuel Pressure Regulators

44

Fuel Pumps

56

HP Injection Power Stages

70

Ignition Coils

73

Ignition Modules

138

Injection Valves144

38 | Injection and Ignition | Diesel System Components

Diesel System Components• If it is originally equipped with Bosch components:
the part numbers of the Bosch components• Alternatively the car / engine manufacturer partnumber of the original injection system.
Notice2

If your engine is originally equipped with Bosch
components, modifications will be easier thanreplacing third party components.

NoticeWe reserve the right to assess a fee for applications where the component specification requires an extraordinary amount of time.

Featuresu

Modification of Common Rail systemsuDifferent modification levels availableu

All hydraulic parts available

The geometry and characteristics of Diesel engine components are more dependent upon the application thanthose for gasoline engines. A single injector design will
not fit all Diesel engines due to varying mechanical andnozzle geometry requirements. In addition, the injection
system can vary from year to year even within the same
make of car.
Bosch Motorsport uses the same Common Rail technology for racing that was developed for production vehicle
applications. This includes both solenoid (magnetic)
technology and the latest cutting-edge piezo technology.
Bosch Motorsport can offer a wide variety of modifications to fit the system to your specifications. These
modifications include:• Definition of suitable base components from other(or larger) engine applications.
• Adaptation of components for mating, fit and orientation to suit the selected application.
• Flow enhancement of injectors and rails.
• Injector nozzle adaptation (flow rate, number ofholes, spray cone angle etc.).
Our goal is to offer the best balance of cost and performance for your application. This is why we offer different levels of modifications to choose from. Below is
an example of the different levels for a 4-cylinder engine
with 4 injectors, 1 high pressure pump and a single fuelrail:

Installation Notes
When contacting us for more information on our Diesel
components, please have the following information
ready so that we may best determine components required for your application:• The base engine / the car where this engine originally is installed• Model year and type of car / engine• The base output level and the desired output level
for the engine

Injection and Ignition | Diesel System Components | 39

Dimensions

2

Common Rail
Pumps

CP1H, CP3, CP4

RailsMax. 6 cyl./bankPressure Sensors

RDS

Injectors

CRI 2 (Solenoid),
CRI 3 (Piezo)

Pressure Control
ValvesDRVMax. 2,400 bar

Max. 2,400 bar

40 | Injection and Ignition | Diesel System Components

Technical Specifications

2

1st Level

2nd Level

3rd Level

Description

Series components with minor
modifications (e.g. series components from a bigger engine plus
series injector with sample nozzle)

Series components with modifications (e.g. modified injector bodywith sample nozzle)

Components manufactured completely to your specification (e.g.
heavily modified series components or new products)

Functioning

Solenoid

Piezo

Piezo or Solenoid

Injectors

4 x 650.00 €4 x 2,100.00 €High pressure pump

1,250.00 €3,000.00 €On request (Prices will be finalized
in your personal offer once partnumbers are defined)

Fuel rail

Approx. 500.00 €Approx. 1,000.00 €System price

4,350.00 €12,400.00 €Bosch Motorsport does not manufacture high pressure fuel lines, but we can assist you in finding a company that can build high pressure lines for yourapplication.

Injection and Ignition | Electronic Throttle Body | 41

Electronic Throttle Body

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16 V

Supply voltage sensor

5 ± 0.2 V

Max. allowed generator current<10.0 A

Characteristic
Output signal I

0 to 5 V for 0 to 90°

Output signal II

5 to 0 V for 0 to 90°

Connectors and Wires
Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The ETB can be connected directly to control units with ETC functionality.

Features

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

u

Many bore diameters availableuThrottle position sensor is redundantu

For flex-fuel, CNG, LPG

u

Idle default position

Electronic Throttle Body 32 mm
Order number 0 280 750 148

The throttle body is designed to control the fresh air of
spark ignition engines in combination with an electronic
throttle control system. ETB applications with flex-fuel,
CNG and LPG are permissible if injected in the air flow
after the throttle body.
A typical ETC system includes the following components: electronic throttle body, accelerator pedal module and electronic control unit.
You will find the available bore diameters in the variations table.

Electronic Throttle Body 40 mm
Order number 0 280 750 149
Electronic Throttle Body 46 mm
Order number F 02U V01 171-01
Electronic Throttle Body 50 mm
Order number 0 280 Y05 107-10
Electronic Throttle Body 52 mm
Order number F 02U V01 184-01
Electronic Throttle Body 54 mm
Order number 0 280 750 150

Application
Temperature range-40 to 140°C

Max. vibration

50 to 250 m/s at 50 Hz to 2 kHz
2Electronic Throttle Body 60 mm
Order number 0 280 750 151
Electronic Throttle Body 68 mm
Order number 0 280 750 003

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Available bore diameters

Ordering Information

32 mm
40 mm
46 mm
50 mm
52 mm
54 mm
60 mm
68 mm
82 mm

Electronic Throttle Body 80 mm
Order number 0 280 750 101

2

42 | Injection and Ignition | Electronic Throttle Body

Dimensions
Mounting position

2

Injection and Ignition | Electronic Throttle Body | 43

Variations
Order number

0 280 750 148

0 280 750 149

F 02U V01 171-01

0 280 Y05 107-10

F 02U V01 184-01

Bore diameter (mm)

32

40

46

50

52

Connector

D 261 205 358-01

D 261 205 358-01

D 261 205 356-01

D 261 205 356-01

D 261 205 356-01

Pin 1 A

Motor -

Motor -

Poti 1

Poti 1

Poti 1

Pin 2 B

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -Pin 3 C

Poti +

Poti +

Motor -

Motor -

Motor -

Pin 4 D

Motor +

Motor +

Poti 2

Poti 2

Poti 2

Pin 5 E

Poti 2

Poti 2Motor +

Motor +

Motor +Pin 6 F

Poti 1

Poti 1

Poti +

Poti +

Poti +

Flange diameter
(mm)

40

50

58

58

58

Weight (kg)

0,9

0,9

0,95

0,95

0,95

Max. air flow rate*

394 kg/h at 85° angle

695 kg/h at 85° angle

978 kg/h at 85° angle

Not specified

Not specified

Opening direction **counterclockwise

counterclockwise

clockwise

counterclockwise

clockwise

Order number

0 280 750 150

0 280 750 151

0 280 750 003

0 280 750 101

Bore diameter (mm)

54

60

68

82

Connector

D 261 205 358-01

D 261 205 358-01

D 261 205 356-01

D 261 205 358-01

Pin 1 A

Motor -

Motor -

Poti 1

Motor -Pin 2 B

Poti -

Poti -

Poti +

Poti -Pin 3 C

Poti +

Poti +

Motor +

Poti +

Pin 4 D

Motor +

Motor +

Poti 2Motor +

Pin 5 E

Poti 2

Poti 2Motor -

Poti 2

Pin 6 F

Poti 1

Poti 1

Poti -

Poti 1

Flange diameter
(mm)

70

68,5

75

90

Weight (kg)

0,95

0,95

1,1

1,1

Max. air flow rate*

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Opening direction **counterclockwise

counterclockwise

counterclockwise

counterclockwise* ambient conditions: Air pressure p=1000 mbar, Differential pressure ∆p=600 mbar ±25 mbar, rel. humidity rF=40 %, Air
temperature T=24°C** Opening direction is related to view A. See drawings on bottom of chapter “Dimensions”.

2

44 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini/
Mini M2

Mechanical Data
Diameter

37.9 mm

Weight

60 g

Mounting

Fastening with a clip

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

Diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Connector reflow

Diam. 9.15 mm, O-ringInstallation Notes
Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.
Please oil O-rings lightly before you install the regulator.
Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the Orings must be tested for fractures.
Operation with air is not allowed.

Features

Ordering Informationu

5 to 10 baruMethanol version available from 6 to 10 bar

u

30 to 400 l/h reflowuAdjusted at 105 l/hu

Aluminum housing

Standard version 6 bar
Order number B 261 208 106-01
Standard version 7 bar
Order number B 261 208 107-01

Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constantfuel pressure at the injection valves.
We offer this regulator for gasoline as well as for methanol applications.
The main benefit of this regulator includes a higher
pressure range and a higher return flow rate in comparison to the production type regulators.

Application
Pressure range

See ordering information

Reflow quantity

30 to 400 l/h

Fuel compatibility Mini

Gasoline, E85, M22

Fuel compatibility Mini M

Gasoline, E85, M100

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<600 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Variations
Please see Ordering Information

Standard version 5 bar
Order number B 261 208 105-02

Standard version 8 bar
Order number B 261 208 108-01
Standard version 10 bar
Order number B 261 208 109-01
Methanol version 6 bar
Order number B 261 208 121-01
Methanol version 8 bar
Order number B 261 208 122-01
Methanol version 10 bar
Order number B 261 208 123-01

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 45

Dimensions2

46 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A

Installation Notes
The tube connector at the housing can be used to supply reference pressure to the regulator. This can be atmospheric pressure, air box pressure or manifold pressure.
Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.
Please oil O-rings lightly before you install the regulator.
Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will bereused, the O-rings must be tested for fractures.
Operation with air is not allowed.

2

Ordering Information
2.2 to 3.5 bar
Order number B 280 550 340-03

Featuresu

2.2 to 3.5 bar/3.5 to 5 baruPressure adjustableu

15 to 220 l/h reflowu

Sheet steel housing

Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constantfuel pressure at the injection valves.
This regulator based on a production type regulator was
specially designed for motorsport applications.
The main benefit of this regulator is the adjustability of
the fuel pressure.

Application
Pressure range

2.2 to 3.5 bar
3.5 to 5.0 bar

Reflow quantity

15 to 220 l/h

Reference pressure connector

Diam. 5 mm, tube connector

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85, M15

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<400 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

34.9 mm

Weight58 g

Mounting

Fastening with a clip

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

Diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Connector reflow

Diam. 9.15 mm, O-ring

3.5 to 5 bar
Order number B 280 550 341-03

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 47

Dimensions2

48 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini
38

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

Diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Connector reflow

Diam. 9.15 mm, O-ringInstallation Notes

2

The tube connector at the housing can be used to supply reference
pressure to the regulator. This can be atmospheric pressure, air box
pressure or manifold pressure.
Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.
Please oil O-rings lightly before you install the regulator.
Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the Orings must be tested for fractures.
Operation with air is not allowed.

Ordering Information
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 38
Order number 0 280 160 616

Featuresu

3.8 baru

15 to 220 l/h reflowuAdjusted at 105 l/hu

Sheet steel housing

Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constantfuel pressure at the injection valves.
This production type fuel pressure regulator is designed
for the integration into the full rail.
The main benefits of this regulator include the competitively priced high quality and a high return flow rate.

Application
Pressure range

3.8 barReflow quantity

15 to 220 l/h

Reference pressure connector

Diam. 5 mm, tube connector

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E10

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<600 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

34.9 mm

Weight48 gMounting

Fastening with a clip

Characteristic
Set pressure accuracy±2 % at 105 l/hInjection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 49

Dimensions2

50 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

Diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Connector reflow

Diam. 9.15 mm, O-ringInstallation Notes

2

The tube connector at the housing can be used to supply reference
pressure to the regulator. This can be atmospheric pressure, air box
pressure or manifold pressure.
Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.
Please oil O-rings lightly before you install the regulator.
Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the Orings must be tested for fractures.
Operation with air is not allowed.

Ordering Information
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5
Order number 0 280 B02 722-02

Features
u

5 bar

u

15 to 220 l/h reflowuAdjusted at 105 l/hu

Sheet steel housing

Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constantfuel pressure at the injection valves.
We modified this production type based regulator especially for motorsport use and increased the pressure level.
The main benefit of this regulator include the competitively priced high quality and the high return flow rate.

Application
Pressure range

5 bar

Reflow quantity

15 to 220 l/h

Reference pressure connector

Diam. 5 mm, tube connector

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85, M15

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<600 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

34.9 mm

Weight48.5 gMounting

Fastening with a clip

Characteristic
Set pressure accuracy±2 % at 105 l/hInjection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 51

Dimensions2

52 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

FPR Adaptor

2

Featuresu

Aluminum housinguFits to production type regulators and Motorsport
regulators

This adaptor offers the opportunity to convert a railpressure regulator into an inline pressure regulator. The
adaptor is able to hold a production type regulator aswell as a motorsport regulator. Delivery without regulator.

Application
Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85/M100

Operating temperature range-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<600 m/s2 at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

50 mm

Length100 mmWeight

170 g

Mounting

Screw fastening with M6 screws

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

2 x M14 x 1.5

Connector reflow

M14 x 1.5

Ordering Information
FPR Adaptor
Order number F 02U V00 735-01

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 53

Dimensions2

54 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

HP Control Valve DSV

2FeaturesuWorking range 10 to 200 baru

Aluminum housing

The DSV is specially designed for regulation of pressurein the common rail of high pressure injection systems.

Application
Pressure range

10 to 200 bar

Flow quantity

Max. 220 l/h

Operating temperature range-20 to 130°C

Max. temperature of location

140°C (max. 5 min)Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight

135 g

Size

32 x 54 x 56 mm

Housing

Aluminum

Electrical Data
Operating voltage

6.5 to 18 V

Operation current

Imax = 2.2 A

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Please see Ordering Information

Ordering Information
HP Control Valve DSV
Connector ASL 1-06-05SB-HE
Order number B 261 209 805-02
HP Control Valve DSV
Without connector
Order number B 261 209 806-02

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 55

Dimensions2

56 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Fuel Pump FP 100

2Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16.5 V

Operating voltage

13.8 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22°C

6.0 ± 0.5 A

Characteristic
Surface coating

None

Color

Silver

Non-return valve

External

Fuel filtering

External, on pressure side

Featuresu>100 l/h

u

725 g

u

Max. 5 baruFuel line screwed

The FP 100 is an inline roller cell pump for the installation outside the fuel tank.
It is capable of providing 100 l/h at 5 bar. Bio-fuel canbe delivered up to E85.
The main benefit of the FP 100 over a production typepump is the high delivery rate at high pressure.

Application
Fuel pressure

5 bar

Connectors and Wires

Delivery rate at 5 bar and 22°C

118 ± 3 l/h at 14 V

Electrical connector+M4/-M5

Pressure limiting valve

7 to 12.5 bar rel.

Electrical matting connector

With ring wire M4 and M5

Fuel compatibility

E85

M16x1.5

Operating temperature range-20 to 90°C

Mechanical connector intake
side

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Mechanical connector pressureside

M12x1.5

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz

Installation Notes

Technical Specifications

With E26/E85 or Diesel fuel run-time max. 500 h.

Mechanical Data

For technical reasons the values may vary.

Diameter

54 mm

Length185 mmWeight

725 g

Mounting

Clamping

Please use within the specified limit values only.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Fuel Pump FP 100
Order number Y 580 701 456-03

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 57

Dimensions2

58 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Fuel Pump FP 165

2Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16.5 V

Operating voltage

13.8 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22°C

11.0 ± 2 A

Characteristic
Surface coating

None

Color

Silver

Non-return valve

Internal

Fuel filtering

External, on pressure side

Featuresu>165 l/h

u

980 g

u

Max. 5 baruFuel lines screwed

The FP 165 is an inline roller cell pump for the installation outside the fuel tank.
It is capable of providing 165 l/h at 5 bar. Bio-fuel canbe delivered up to E85.
The FP 165 is a production type fuel pump, combining
good quality at a low price.

Application
Fuel pressure

5 bar

Connectors and Wires

Delivery rate at 5 bar and 22°C

205 ± 5 l/h at 14 V

Electrical connector+M4/-M5

Pressure limiting valve

7 to 12.5 bar rel.

Electrical matting connector

with ring wire M4 and M5

Fuel compatibility

E85

M14x1.5

Operating temperature range-20 to 90°C

Mechanical connector intake
side

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Mechanical connector pressureside

M12x1.5

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz

Installation Notes

Technical Specifications

With E26/E85 or Diesel fuel run-time max. 500 h.

Mechanical Data

For technical reasons the values may vary.

Diameter

60 mm

Please use within the specified limit values only.

Length168 mmWeight980 g

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Mounting

Clamping

Ordering Information
Fuel Pump FP 165
Order number 0 580 254 979

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 59

Dimensions2

60 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Fuel Pump FP 200

2Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16.5 V

Operating voltage

13.8 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22°C

14 ± 1 A

Load current at 8 bar and 22°C

15 ± 1 A

Characteristic

Featuresu>200 l/h

u1,030 guMax. 5 bar/8 baruFuel lines screwed

The FP 200 is an inline roller cell pump for the installation outside or inside the fuel tank.
It is capable of providing 200 l/h at 5 bar (8 bar). Biofuel can be delivered up to E85.
The FP 200 is one of the most popular aftermarket fuelpumps and has an excellent price.

Application
Fuel pressure

5 bar or 8 bar

Delivery rate at 5 bar and 22°C

260 ± 5 l/h at 14 V

Delivery rate at 8 bar and 22°C

220 ± 5 l/h at 14 V

Pressure limiting valve

10 to 12.5 bar rel.

Fuel compatibility

E85

Operating temperature range-20 to 90°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

60 mm

Length196 mmWeight

1,030 gMounting

Clamping

Surface coating

None

Color

Silver

Non-return valve

External

Fuel filtering

External, on pressure side

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 61

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector+M6/-M5

Electrical matting connector

With ring wire M6 and M5

Mechanical connector intake
side

M18x1.5

Mechanical connector pressureside

M12x1.5

Installation Notes
With E26/E85 or Diesel fuel run-time max. 500 h.
For technical reasons the values may vary.
Please use within the specified limit values only.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Fuel Pump FP 200, 5 bar
Order number 0 580 254 044
Fuel Pump FP 200, 8 bar
Order number B 261 205 413-01

Dimensions2

62 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Fuel Pump FP 300

2Electrical Data
Supply voltage

10 to 16.5 V

Operating voltage

13.8 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22°C

17.3 ± 1 A

Characteristic
Surface coating

Anodized

Color

Red

Non-return valve

Internal

Fuel filtering

Internal

Featuresu>300 l/h

u

714 g

u

Max. 8 baruFuel lines screwed

The FP 300 represents the next generation of low-pressure inline fuel pumps. The internals in the pump are designed specifically for motorsport applications.
Higher fuel deliveries from modified rotor design, as
well as an improved power-to-weight ratio are two of
the advantages of this pump.
The pump can be used for gasoline, Diesel and Bio-fuels.

Application
Fuel pressure

8 bar

Delivery rate at 8 bar and 22°C

340 ± 5 l/h at 14 V

Connectors and Wires

Pressure limiting valve

8.5 bar rel.

Electrical connector+M6/-M5

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline E85/M100
DieselElectrical matting connector

with ring wire M6 and M5

Operating temperature range-20 to 90°C

Mech. connector intake side

M18x1.5

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Mech. connector pressure sideM12x1.5

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz

Installation Notes
Integrated pre-filter allows cleaning of filter by user.

Technical Specifications

With E26/E85 or M100 fuel run-time max. 500 h.

Mechanical Data

For technical reasons the values may vary.

Diameter

50 mm

Please use within the specified limit values only.

Length174 mmPlease flush the pump with gasoline after use with Methanol fuel.

Weight FP 300

714 g

Mounting

Clamping

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Fuel Pump FP 300
Order number B 261 205 366-01

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 63

Dimensions2

64 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Fuel Pump FP 300L

2

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16.5 V

Operating voltage

13.8 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22°C

17.3 ± 1 A

Characteristic
Surface coating

Anodized

Color

Red

Non-return valve

Internal

Fuel filtering

Internal

Featuresu>300 l/h

u

670 g

u

Max. 8 baruFuel lines screwed

The FP 300L represents the next generation of low-pressure inline fuel pumps. The internals of the pump aredesigned specifically for motorsport applications.
Higher fuel delivery from modified rotor design, as wellas an improved power-to-weight ratio are two of the advantages of this pump.
The pump can be used for gasoline, Diesel and Bio-fuels.
The FP 300L has further weight reduction measures.

Application
Fuel pressure

8 bar

Delivery rate at 8 bar and 22°C

340 ± 5 l/h at 14 V

Pressure limiting valve

8.5 bar rel.

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline E85/M100
DieselOperating temperature range-20 to 90°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector+M6/-M5

Electrical matting connector

with ring wire M6 and M5

Mech. connector intake side

M18x1.5

Mech. connector pressure sideM12x1.5

Installation Notes
Integrated pre-filter allows cleaning of filter by user.
With E26/E85 or M100 fuel run-time max. 500 h.

Technical Specifications

For technical reasons the values may vary.

Mechanical Data
Diameter

50 mm

Length174 mmWeight

670 g

Mounting

Clamping

Please use within the specified limit values only.
Please flush the pump with gasoline after use with methanol fuel.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Fuel Pump FP 300L
Order number F 02U V00 636-01

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 65

Dimensions2

66 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-FCV/FCV HP
2Technical Specifications
Variations
Model

Max. pressure

Connector

HDP 5-FCV

200 barCompact

HDP 5-FCV

200 barMotorsports

HDP 5-FCV HP

Over 200 bar

Compact

HDP 5-FCV HP

Over 200 bar

Motorsports

Mechanical Data

Featuresu

200 bar or moreuMax. 1.1 cm3/rotcam

uIntegrated control valve

u

780 g

The HDP 5 FCV is a compact high pressure single piston
pump. The design allows achieving a big delivery volume
as well as high efficiency, as needed in motorsport applications. Modifications in the number of cam lobes
and cam lifts allow different flow requirements to be addressed.
We offer two variations of the HDP 5 FCV: one is equipped with an internal pressure relief valve to limit the
maximum fuel pressure (HDP 5-FCV). This variation does
not require a fuel return line into the fuel tank.
The other variation (HDP 5-FCV HP) is not equippedwith an internal pressure relief valve and therefore requires a pressure regulation valve in the common rail toavoid overload pressure.
Both variations have an integrated demand control formetering the amount of fuel supplied into the high pressure fuel system. Both variations can be ordered with acompact connector or a motorsport connector.
Depending on the requirements of your engine (e.g. fuelconsumption over rotation ratio) we recommend different types of tappets, piston springs and cam profiles.
Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum driveshaft
speed depend on cam profile and type of tappet.

Application
For high pressure manifold injection or gasoline direct injection

Theoretical fuel delivery

0.5 to 1.1 cm³/rotcam

Nominal pressure

Please see variations

WeightApprox. 780 g

Max. speed at pump driveshaft

Depends on cam profile and typeof tappet

Supply pressure

4 to 7 bar

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 70°C

Compatible fuels

Unleaded fuels, E22, E85, M15

Fuel temperature

80°C, short term 130°C

Max. vibration

600 m/s2

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector compact

D 261 205 359-01

Electrical connector motorsports

F 02U 000 426-01

Mechanical connector intake
side

M14x1.5

Mechanical connector pressureside

M14x1.5

Installation Notes
Mounting on cylinder head or adapter flag.
Available cam profiles on request.
Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum driveshaft speed depends
on cam profile and type of tappet.

Ordering Information
HDP 5-FCV
Compact connector, max. 200 bar
Order number F 02U V00 912-01
HDP 5-FCV
Motorsports connector, max. 200 bar
Order number F 02U V01 114-01
HDP 5-FCV HP
Compact connector, over 200 bar
Order number F 02U V01 128-01
HDP 5-FCV HP
Motorsports connector, over 200 bar
Order number F 02U V01 115-01

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 67

Accessories
Flat tappet (26 mm)
Order number F 02U V01 156-01
Roller tappet (26 mm)
Order number F 02U V01 163-01

2

68 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-FD

Fuel temperature

80°C, short term 130°C

Max. vibration

600 m/s2

Connectors and Wires

2

Mechanical connector intake
side

M14x1.5

Mechanical connector pressureside

M14x1.5

Installation Notes
Mounting on cylinder head or adapter flag.
Available cam profiles on request.
Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum driveshaft speed depends
on cam profile and type of tappet.

Ordering Information
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-FD
Order number 0 261 B11 223-03

Features

AccessoriesuMax. 200 baruMax. 1.1 cm /rotcam

u

780 g

Flat tappet (26 mm)
Order number F 02U V01 156-01

3

Roller tappet (26 mm)
Order number F 02U V01 163-01

The HDP 5-FD is a compact high pressure single piston
pump. The design allows achieving a big delivery. Variations in the number of cam lobes and cam lifts allow different flow requirements to be addressed.
This type of high pressure fuel pump is not equippedwith an internal pressure relief valve and therefore recommends a pressure regulation valve in the common rail
to control the rail pressure and to avoid overload pressure.
Depending on the requirements of your engine (e.g. fuelconsumption over rotation ratio) we recommend different types of tappets, piston springs and cam profiles.
Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum driveshaft
speed depend on cam profile and type of tappet.

Application
For high pressure manifold injection or gasoline direct injection

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Theoretical fuel delivery

0.5 to 1.1 cm³/rotcam (typical)

Nominal pressure

Max. 200 bar

WeightApprox. 780 g

Max. speed at pump driveshaft

Depends on cam profile and typeof tappet

Supply pressure

4 to 7 bar

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 70°C

Compatible fuels

Unleaded fuels, E22, E85, M15

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 69

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-LW

HDP 5-LW

Customer specificCompact

HDP 5-LW

Customer specificMotorsports

Mechanical Data

Features

Theoretical fuel delivery

0.5 to 1.1 cm³/rotcam

Nominal pressure

Max. 500 bar

PRV

Please see Variations

Weight585 g without wire

Max. speed at pump driveshaft

Depends on cam profile and typeof tappet

Supply pressure

4 to 7 bar

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 70°C

Compatible fuels

Unleaded fuels, E22, E85, M15

Fuel temperature

80°C, short term 130°C

Max. vibration

600 m/s2uMax. 500 bar

Connectors and WiresuMax. 1.1 cm3/rotcam

Electrical connector compact

D 261 205 359-01

uIntegrated control valve

Electrical connector motorsports

F 02U 000 426-01

u

585 g

Mechanical connector intake
side

M14x1.5uInternal Pressure Relief Valve PRV

Mechanical connector pressureside

M14x1.5

The HDP 5-LW is a compact high pressure single piston
pump with a light weight housing. The design allows
achieving a big delivery volume as well as high efficiency, as needed in motorsport applications. Modificationsin the number of cam lobes and cam lifts allow different
flow requirements to be addressed.
The HDP 5-LW is equipped with an internal pressure relief valve to limit the maximum fuel pressure. This pumpdoes not require a fuel return line into the fuel tank.
The pump has an integrated demand control for metering the amount of fuel supplied into the high pressure
fuel system. It can be ordered with a compact connector
or a motorsports connector.
Depending on the requirements of your engine (e.g. fuelconsumption over rotation ratio) we recommend different types of tappets, piston springs and cam profiles.
Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum driveshaft
speed depend on cam profile and type of tappet.

Application
For high pressure manifold injection or gasoline direct injection

Technical Specifications

Installation Notes
Mounting on cylinder head or adapter flag.
Available cam profiles on request.
Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum driveshaft speed depends
on cam profile and type of tappet.

Ordering Information
HDP 5-LW
Compact connector, max 500 bar, PRV 600 bar
Order number 0 261 B19 274-02
HDP 5-LW
Motorsports connector, max. 500 bar, PRV 600 bar
Order number on request
HDP 5-LW
Compact connector, PRV customer specificOrder number on request
HDP 5-LW
Motorsports connector, PRV customer specificOrder number on request

Variations
Model

PRV

Connector

HDP 5-LW

600 barCompact

HDP 5-LW

600 barMotorsports2

70 | Injection and Ignition | HP Injection Power Stages

HPI 1.1

Size

180 x 162 x 46 mm

Weight430 g

Electrical Data

2

Power supply

14 V

Operating voltage (normal operation)

11 to 16 V

Operating voltage (engine start)

6 to 18 V

Nominal voltage

14 V

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector

FeaturesCommunicationuMax. 6 cylinders

1 CAN (500 kBaud)u

Max. 9,000 rpm (4 cyl. operation)

1 K-Lineu

430 gOrdering Information

The injector power stage HPI 1.1 is a device for driving
injectors for gasoline direct injection. Combined with asuitable ECU up to 6 injectors can be driven. The injectors are gathered in 3 groups of 2 injectors each. Withina group only one injector can be switched on at thesame time. The 3 groups are totally independent, sothat overlapping injection of injectors of different
groups is possible. Communication between main ECU
and the HPI 1.1 is realized via CAN interface.

Application
Max. number of cylinders

6

Max. rpm (4 cyl. operation)

9,000

Max. rpm (6 cyl. operation)

6,000

Optimized for Bosch high pressure injection valves HDEV 1 and
HDEV 5Max. vibration

Vibration profile 2 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Variations

Injection control inputs

D 261 205 373-01

HPI 1.1 Active low

HPI 1.1 Active highInverting (Low = ”ON”)
for operation withstandard lowside power stages of automotive
ECUs

Non-inverting (High= ”ON”)

Mechanical Data
Sheet-metal housing
Each connector pin individually filteredVibration damped circuit boards
Housing temperature-25 to 85°C

HPI 1.1 Active low for HDEV 5
Order number F 02U V00 030-01
HPI 1.1 Active high for HDEV 5
Order number F 02U V00 036-01

Injection and Ignition | HP Injection Power Stages | 71

HPI 1.16 HV/HVD

Flexible housing fixation points
Housing temperature

Please see Variations

Size without connectors

135 x 101 x 43 mm

WeightPlease see Variations

Electrical Data
Operating voltage

8 to 18 V

Nominal voltage

14 V

Communication
1 CAN
1 K-Line

Ordering Information
HPI 1.16 HV
Order number F 01T A20 019

FeaturesuMax. 10 cylindersuMax. 12,500 rpm

u

725 g

HPI 1.16 HVD
With internal voltage regulator 65 to 90 V
Order number F 01T A20 018-01

In combination with a Bosch Motorsport ECU the HPI
1.16 enables the running of high pressure injection
valves. The injector current is realized by a switchedcurrent regulation with boost period, pick-up period,
holding period and recharging period. This HPI can beused for example in racing series like DTM, 24h Le
Mans, etc.

Application
Max. number of cylinders

10

Max. rpm

12,500Optimized for Bosch HP injection valves HDEV 1 and HDEV 5
Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Variations
HPI 1.16 HV

HPI 1.16 HVD

Voltage support

External supply of
booster voltage (90V) is required

Internal voltage regulator 65 to 90 V

Housing temperature-25 to 85°C

-25 to 70°C

Weight

575 g

725 g

Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
Filtered connectors in motorsport technology with high pin density
Vibration damped printed circuit boards

2

72 | Injection and Ignition | HP Injection Power Stages

Electrical Data

HPI 5

2

Voltage supply

14 V

Operating voltage

10 to 16 V

Operation voltage (engine start)

6.5 to 16 V

Nominal voltage

14 V

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector

D 261 205 353-01

Communication
1 CAN (1 MBaud)Ordering Information
HPI 5
Optimized for Bosch HDP 5
Order number F 02U V00 929-02

FeaturesuMax. 8 cylindersuMax. 14,000 rpm (4 cyl. operation)

u

550 g

The injector power stage HPI 5 is a device for driving injectors and high pressure pumps for gasoline direct injection. Combined with a suitable ECU up to 8 injectors
can be driven. The injectors are gathered in 4 groups of
2 injectors each. Within a group only one injector can beswitched on at the same time. The 4 groups are totally
independent, so that overlapping injection of injectorsof different groups is possible. The HPI 5 is mainly designed to drive the Bosch high pressure pump HDP 5,
but there are also variations for Hitachi HDP available.
Communication between main ECU and the HPI 5 is realized via CAN interface.

Application
Max. number of cylinders

8Max. rpm (8 cyl. operation)

7,000

Max. rpm (4 cyl. operation)

14,000Optimized for Bosch high pressure injection valve HDEV 5 and Boschhigh pressure pump HDP 5
Hitachi HDP Gen 1 and Gen 3 variations available
Further HDEV and HDP on request

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
Each connector pin individually filtered
Housing temperature-25 to 85°C

Size (incl. connectors)

190 x 123 x 36 mm

Weight

550 g

HPI 5
Optimized for Hitachi HDP Gen 1
Order number F 02U V01 055-02
HPI 5
Optimized for Hitachi HDP Gen 3
Order number F 02U V00 906-02

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 73

Single Fire Coil C90i-E8

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mΩ

Secondary resistanceincapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 40 kV

Spark current≤ 160 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise supression

inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

internal

2

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
FeaturesuMax. 40 kVuMax. 90 mJuMax. 5.0 kV/µs

uFits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 8mmuMax. 15,000 1/min

This single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI (turbocharged) high performance engines. It is designed for direct cylinder head mounting. The C90i-E8
provides the possibility of ionic current measurement.
The design of the upper part (wire side) and the lower
part (spark plug side) can be designed per customer
specification.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
high energy capability and a very good provided highvoltage.

Application
Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

Primary current≤ 16 A

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 480 m/s2 at 50 to 2,000 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length168 mmWeight w/o wire

< 230 gMountingscrew fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 8 mm

Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU ignition power stage blue

Pin 3

Engine GND black

Pin 4

Ionic current signal white

Wire length

100 cmWire size

AWG 20/22

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

17 A

20 A

6V

3.2

4.5

7.6

9.8

8V

1.88

2.49

3.47

3.79

4.10

10 V

1.35

1.76

2.34

2.51

2.67

3.05

12 V

1.06

1.35

1.77

1.89

2.00

2.24

14 V

0.87

1.11

1.43

1.52

1.60

1.79

16 V

0.74

0.93

1.20

1.28

1.34

1.49

16.5 V

0.71

0.90

1.15

1.23

1.29

1.43

18 V

0.64

0.81

1.03

1.10

1.15

1.27

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

74 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil C90i-E8
Order number F 02U V01 368-01

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

10 A

41.4 mJ

0.74 ms

100 mA

31.6 kV

12 A

59.5 mJ

0.882 ms

122 mA

37.4 kV

15 A

84.4 mJ

1.034 ms

148 mA

45.7 kV

16 A

92.6 mJ

1.07 ms

158 mA

46 kV

17 A

100 mJ

1.09 ms

165 mA

46 kV

20 A

115 mJ

1.16 ms

190 mA

46 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated
ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).
Usage above Iprim = 16 A may reduce the lifetime.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 75

Dimensions2

76 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil C90i-E10

2Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mΩ

Secondary resistanceincapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 40 kV

Spark current≤ 160 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise supression

inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

internal

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
Features

Connector

On request

Mating connector

On requestuMax. 40 kV

Pin 1

Ubatt reduMax. 90 mJ

Pin 2

ECU ignition power stage blueuMax. 5.0 kV/µs

Pin 3

Engine GND blacku

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10
mm

Pin 4

Ionic current signal white

Wire length

100 cmMax. 15,000 1/min

Wire size

AWG 20/22

uThis single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI (turbocharged) high performance engines. It is designed for direct cylinder head mounting. The C90i-E10
provides the possibility of ionic current measurement.
The design of the upper part (wire side) and the lower
part (spark plug side) can be designed per customer
specification.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
high energy capability and a very good provided highvoltage.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Application

Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

17 A

20 A

6V

3.2

4.5

7.6

9.8

8V

1.88

2.49

3.47

3.79

4.10

10 V

1.35

1.76

2.34

2.51

2.67

3.05

12 V

1.06

1.35

1.77

1.89

2.00

2.24

14 V

0.87

1.11

1.43

1.52

1.60

1.79

Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

Primary current≤ 16 A

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

16 V

0.74

0.93

1.20

1.28

1.34

1.49

Max. vibration≤ 480 m/s at 50 to 2,000 Hz

16.5 V

0.71

0.90

1.15

1.23

1.29

1.43

18 V

0.64

0.81

1.03

1.10

1.15

1.27

2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length168 mmWeight w/o wire

< 230 gMountingscrew fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 77

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil C90i-E10
Order number F 02U V01 369-01

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

10 A

41.4 mJ

0.74 ms

100 mA

31.6 kV

12 A

59.5 mJ

0.882 ms

122 mA

37.4 kV

15 A

84.4 mJ

1.034 ms

148 mA

45.7 kV

16 A

92.6 mJ

1.07 ms

158 mA

46 kV

17 A

100 mJ

1.09 ms

165 mA

46 kV

20 A

115 mJ

1.16 ms

190 mA

46 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated
ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).
Usage above Iprim = 16 A may reduce the lifetime.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

78 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions

2

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 79

Single Fire Coil P35

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 34 kV

Spark current≤ 90 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.13 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

2

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

Sumitomo

Mating connector
3-pole Sumitomo

D 261 205 367-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition power stage

Pin 2

Engine GND

Pin 3

Ubatt

u

Max. 34 kV

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

uMax. 38 mJ

Spark plug connectoruMax. 2.0 kV/µs

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

uMax. 10,000 1/min

Characteristic dwell times [ms]This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed for
direct mounting to the cylinder head.
The P35 has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition power.
The single fire coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness and low cost.

6V

7.80

8V

Application

140.5 mmUbatt

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

3.90

5.20

6.90

7.90

10 V

2.65

3.36

4.03

4.35

4.70

5.60

12 V

2.04

2.51

2.92

3.10

3.30

3.66

14 V

1.63

2.00

2.30

2.43

2.55

2.79

16 V

1.37

1.67

1.91

2.00

2.10

2.27

18 V

1.19

1.43

1.63

1.70

1.78

1.91

Spark energy≤ 38 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

20 V

1.04

1.25

1.42

1.49

1.55

1.66

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s at 5 to 2,500 Hz

22 V

0.93

1.11

1.26

1.33

1.37

1.46

Technical Specifications

24 V

0.84

1.00

1.13

1.18

1.23

1.31

Mechanical Data

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

2

Length140.5 mm

Weight

194 to 205 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

760 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 2.0 kV/µs

80 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

25.6 mJ

0.894 ms

68 mA

26.4 kV

6A

33.3 mJ

1 ms

78 mA

30.7 kV

7A

40 mJ

1.07 ms

86 mA

34 kV

7.5 A

42.7 mJ

1.097 ms

89.5 mA

35.7 kV

8A

44.9 mJ

1.12 ms

93 mA

37 kV

9A

48.8 mJ

1.15 ms

102 mA

39.6 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The P35 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages with 10 mA to 20 mA current output.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P35
Order number 0 221 504 030

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 81

Dimensions2

82 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil P35-E8

2

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

760 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 2.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 34 kV

Spark current≤ 90 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.13 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

Sumitomo

Mating connector
3-pole Sumitomo

D 261 205 367-01

uMax. 34 kV

Pin 1

ECU ignition power stageuMax. 38 mJ

Pin 2Engine GND

uMax. 2.0 kV/µs

Pin 3

Ubatt

u

Connector length on customer requirementuMax. 10,000 1/min

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
This coil has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition power stages.
The coil is for spark plugs with ceramic diameter of
d=8 mm.
The single fire coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness.

Application

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

6V

5.9

11.4

8V

3.1

4.4

6.0

8.6

10 V

2.2

2.9

3.7

4.4

5.2

6.6

12 V

1.6

2.1

2.7

3.1

3.5

3.9

14 V

1.4

1.7

2.1

2.4

2.7

3.0

16 V

1.1

1.4

1.8

2.0

2.2

2.4

18 V

1.0

1.2

1.5

1.7

1.9

2.0

20 V

0.9

1.1

1.3

1.5

1.6

1.7

Spark energy≤ 38 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

22 V

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

24 V

0.7

0.9

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length85 to 225 mm

Weight

194 to 250 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 8 mm

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 83

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P35-E8
Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length with your order.
Order number F 02U V00 235-01

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

4A

18 mJ

0.77 ms

50 mA

22 kV

5A

25.4 mJ

0.91 ms

62 mA

26.5 kV

6A

33.4 mJ

1 ms

74 mA

30.3 kV

7A

38.8 mJ

1.07 ms

83 mA

33 kV

8A

43.3 mJ

1.11 ms

91 mA

34.5 kV

9A

47 mJ

1.15 ms

100 mA36.2 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
Please pay attention to your spark plug, if it has a ceramic diameter of
8 or 10 mm.
The P35-E has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

2

84 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions

2

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 85

Single Fire Coil P35-E10

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

760 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 2.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 34 kV

Spark current≤ 90 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.13 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

2

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

Sumitomo

Mating connector
3-pole Sumitomo

D 261 205 367-01

uMax. 34 kV

Pin 1

ECU ignition power stageuMax. 38 mJ

Pin 2Engine GND

uMax. 2.0 kV/µs

Pin 3

Ubatt

u

Connector length on customer requirementuMax. 10,000 1/min

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
This coil has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition power stages.
The coil is for spark plugs with ceramic diameter of
d=10 mm.
The single fire coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness.

Application

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

6V

5.9

11.4

8V

3.1

4.4

6.0

8.6

10 V

2.2

2.9

3.7

4.4

5.2

6.6

12 V

1.6

2.1

2.7

3.1

3.5

3.9

14 V

1.4

1.7

2.1

2.4

2.7

3.0

16 V

1.1

1.4

1.8

2.0

2.2

2.4

18 V

1.0

1.2

1.5

1.7

1.9

2.0

20 V

0.9

1.1

1.3

1.5

1.6

1.7

Spark energy≤ 38 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

22 V

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

24 V

0.7

0.9

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Technical Specifications

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Mechanical Data

Spark energy and provided high voltage

2

Length110 to 225 mm

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

Weight

194 to 250 g

4A

18 mJ

0.77 ms

50 mA

22 kV

Mounting

Screw fastening

5A

25.4 mJ

0.91 ms

62 mA

26.5 kV

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm

6A

33.4 mJ

1 ms

74 mA

30.3 kV

7A

38.8 mJ

1.07 ms

83 mA

33 kV

86 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

8A

43.3 mJ

1.11 ms

91 mA

34.5 kV

9A

47 mJ

1.15 ms

100 mA36.2 kV

Installation Notes

2

During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
Please pay attention to your spark plug, if it has a ceramic diameter of
8 or 10 mm.
The P35-E has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P35-E10
Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length with your order.
Order number F 02U V00 440-01

Dimensions

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 87

Single Fire Coil P35-T

High voltage rise time

≤ 2.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 34 kV

Spark current≤ 90 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.13 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Power stage

Integrated

2

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

BIP 373

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

Sumitomo

Mating connector
3-pole Sumitomo

D 261 205 367-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition signal

Pin 2

ECU GND

Pin 3

Ubatt

u

Max. 34 kVuMax. 38 mJuMax. 2.0 kV/µs

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

uMax. 8,000 1/min

Spark plug connector

This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed for
direct mounting to the cylinder head.
The P35-T has an integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition drivers stages with 10 mA to
20 mA current output.
The single fire coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness and low cost.

Application

140.5 mm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

6V

11.40

8V

4.40

6.00

8.0

10.0

8.0 A

9.0 A

Spark energy≤ 38 mJ

10 V

2.90

3.70

4.0

4.5

5.0

6.0

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

12 V

2.14

2.68

3.2

3.0

3.1

3.4

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

14 V

1.73

2.11

2.3

2.5

2.9

2.5

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

16 V

1.44

1.75

1.9

2.9

2.0

2.8

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

18 V

1.24

1.50

1.9

1.8

1.5

2.0

20 V

1.09

1.30

1.7

1.3

1.0

1.2

22 V

0.97

1.6

1.0

1.7

1.2

1.1

24 V

0.87

1.4

1.7

1.2

1.7

1.5

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length140.5 mm

Weight

194 to 205 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

88 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

25.4 mJ

0.91 ms

62 mA

26.5 kV

6A

33.4 mJ

1 ms

74 mA

30.3 kV

7A

38.8 mJ

1.07 ms

83 mA

33 kV

7.5 A

41 mJ

1.093 ms

87 mA

33.8 kV

8A

43.3 mJ

1.11 ms

91 mA

34.5 kV

9A

47 mJ

1.15 ms

100 mA36.2 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The P35-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition drivers.
The P35 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages with 10 mA to 20 mA current output.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P35-T
Order number 0 221 604 014

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 89

Dimensions2

90 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil P35-TE8

2

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 2.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 34 kV

Spark current≤ 90 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.13 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Power stage

Integrated

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

BIP 373

Connectors and Wires
Features

Connector

SumitomouMax. 34 kV

Mating connector
3-pole Sumitomo

D 261 205 367-01

uMax. 38 mJ

Pin 1

ECU ignition signaluMax. 2.0 kV/µs

Pin 2

ECU GNDu

Connector length on customer requirement

Pin 3

Ubatt

u

Max. 8,000 1/min

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
The P35-TE has an integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition drivers with 10 mA to 20 mA
current output.
The P35-TE is for spark plugs with ceramic diameter of
d=8 mm.
The single fire coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness.

Application

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

6V

5.9

11.4

8V

3.1

4.4

6.0

8.6

10 V

2.2

2.9

3.7

4.4

5.2

6.6

12 V

1.6

2.1

2.7

3.1

3.5

3.9

14 V

1.4

1.7

2.1

2.4

2.7

3.0

16 V

1.1

1.4

1.8

2.0

2.2

2.4

18 V

1.0

1.2

1.5

1.7

1.9

2.0

Spark energy≤ 38 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

20 V

0.9

1.1

1.3

1.5

1.6

1.7

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

22 V

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

Technical Specifications

24 V

0.7

0.9

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

Mechanical Data

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Length85 to 225 mm

Weight

194 to 250 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 8 mm

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 91

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P35-TE8
Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length with your order.
Order number F 02U V00 234-01

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

4A

18 mJ

0.77 ms

50 mA

22 kV

5A

25.4 mJ

0.91 ms

62 mA

26.5 kV

6A

33.4 mJ

1 ms

74 mA

30.3 kV

7A

38.8 mJ

1.07 ms

83 mA

33 kV

8A

43.3 mJ

1.11 ms

91 mA

34.5 kV

9A

47 mJ

1.15 ms

100 mA36.2 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
Please pay attention to your spark plug, if it has a ceramic diameter of
8 or 10 mm.
The P35-TE has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition drivers with 10 mA to 20 mA current output.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

2

92 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions

2

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 93

Single Fire Coil P35-TE10

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 2.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 34 kV

Spark current≤ 90 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.13 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Power stage

Integrated

2

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

BIP 373

Connectors and Wires
Features

Connector

SumitomouMax. 34 kV

Mating connector
3-pole Sumitomo

D 261 205 367-01

uMax. 38 mJ

Pin 1

ECU ignition signaluMax. 2.0 kV/µs

Pin 2

ECU GNDu

Connector length on customer requirement

Pin 3

Ubatt

u

Max. 8,000 1/min

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
The P35-TE has an integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition drivers with 10 mA to 20 mA
current output.
The P35-TE is for spark plugs with ceramic diameter of
d=10 mm.
The single fire coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness.

Application

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

6V

5.9

11.4

8V

3.1

4.4

6.0

8.6

10 V

2.2

2.9

3.7

4.4

5.2

6.6

12 V

1.6

2.1

2.7

3.1

3.5

3.9

14 V

1.4

1.7

2.1

2.4

2.7

3.0

16 V

1.1

1.4

1.8

2.0

2.2

2.4

18 V

1.0

1.2

1.5

1.7

1.9

2.0

Spark energy≤ 38 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

20 V

0.9

1.1

1.3

1.5

1.6

1.7

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

22 V

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

Technical Specifications

24 V

0.7

0.9

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

Mechanical Data

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Length110 to 225 mm

Weight

194 to 250 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm

94 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P35-TE10
Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length with your order.
Order number F 02U V00 439-01

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

4A

18 mJ

0.77 ms

50 mA

22 kV

5A

25.4 mJ

0.91 ms

62 mA

26.5 kV

6A

33.4 mJ

1 ms

74 mA

30.3 kV

7A

38.8 mJ

1.07 ms

83 mA

33 kV

8A

43.3 mJ

1.11 ms

91 mA

34.5 kV

9A

47 mJ

1.15 ms

100 mA36.2 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
Please pay attention to your spark plug, if it has a ceramic diameter of
8 or 10 mm.
The P35-TE has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition drivers with 10 mA to 20 mA current output.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 95

Dimensions2

96 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Mechanical Data

Single Fire Coil P50/P50-M

WeightPlease see Variations

Mounting

Pluggable

Electrical Data

2

Features

Primary resistance with wire

370 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 3.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 92 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.15 ms

Noise suppression

With spark plug connector

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

CharacteristicuMax. 35 kVuMax. 50 mJuMax. 3.0 kV/µs

uHigh voltage contacting via high voltage wire andspark plug connector possibleuMax. 10,000 1/min

Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

The single fire coil P50 is a low cost concept designed
for direct mounting to the cylinder head. A high voltage
ignition wire can optionally be connected to the secondary output terminal.
The P50 has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition power stages.
The coil P50-M is specifically for motorsport applications. This coil is operable in higher vibration environments.

Application

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
3-pole Compact

D 261 205 335-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition power stage

Pin 2

Engine GND

Pin 3

Ubatt

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
For spark plugs

Ceramic diameter d=10 mm

Characteristic dwell times [ms]UbattSpark energy≤ 50 mJ

Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration

Please see Variations

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

10 A

6V

3.84

4.93

6.2

7.7

9.5

11.2

8V

2.54

3.14

3.81

4.51

5.17

5.61

10 V

1.9

2.33

2.76

3.21

3.62

3.87

12 V

1.51

1.84

2.17

2.51

2.8

2.97

14 V

1.26

1.52

1.79

2.06

2.29

2.42

Technical Specifications

16 V

1.07

1.3

1.53

1.74

1.93

2.04

Variations

18 V

0.94

1.13

1.32

1.51

1.67

1.77

24 V

0.68

0.81

0.95

1.08

1.19

1.26

30 V

0.53

0.63

0.74

0.84

0.93

0.98

P50

P50-M

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s at
5 to 2,000 Hz≤ 800 m/s at
5 to 2,000 Hz

Weight

223 g

265 g

Spark plug connector

-

+

2

2

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 97

Accessories
Accessory spark plug connector
Order number 1 354 489 085

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

22 mJ

0.82 ms

60 mA

26.8 kV

6A

29.7 mJ

0.93 ms

68.5 mA

31.6 kV

7A

37.5 mJ

1.03 ms

77 mA

36.4 kV

8A

46.3 mJ

1.12 ms

87.5 mA

40.9 kV

9A

53 mJ

1.17 ms

97 mA

44.4 kV

10 A

58.4 mJ

1.21 ms

105 mA

46.3 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The P50 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Coil P50
Order number 0 221 504 001
Coil P50-M
Motorsport version
Order number F 02U V00 869-01

98 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions

2

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 99

Characteristic

Single Fire Coil P65

Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Tyco AMP

Mating connector

D 261 205 350-01

Pin 1

Engine GND

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

ECU ignition power stage

2

Characteristic dwell times [ms]FeaturesuMax. 35 kVuMax. 65 mJuDeveloped for GDI enginesuMax. 10,000 1/min

This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed for
direct mounting to the cylinder-head.
The P65 has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition power stages.

Application
Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Dwell time

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Ubatt

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 250 m/s at 5 to 2,500 Hz
2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

8.0 A

6V

8.74

18.5

8V

4.5

6.4

9

10.8

13.9

10 V

3.1

4.2

5.4

6

6.6

8.5 A

7.2

12 V

2.36

3.1

3.88

4.25

4.63

4.92

14 V

1.9

2.48

3.05

3.32

3.57

3.77

Length180 mm

16 V

1.61

2.06

2.53

2.73

2.93

3.08

Weight w/o wire

< 222 g

18 V

1.55

2

2.43

2.62

2.81

2.95

Mounting

Screw fastening

20 V

1.39

1.77

2.16

2.33

2.48

2.6

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm

22 V

1.22

1.54

1.88

2.02

2.15

2.26

24 V

0.97

1.23

1.49

1.6

1.71

1.78

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

570 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 74 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 2.0 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 2 kΩ resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be
less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to be verified
through current measurement

100 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Spark energy and provided high voltage

2
Spark energy
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

37.8 mJ

1.46 ms

49 mA

24.3 kV

6A

54.5 mJ

1,74 ms

59 mA

28.9 kV

7A

69.8 mJ

1.97 ms

69 mA

33.2 kV

7.5 A

77.6 mJ

2.04 ms

74 mA

35.8 kV

8A

83.0 mJ

2.11 ms

77 mA

37.7 kV

8.5 A

88.0 mJ

2.16 ms

81 mA

39.0 kV

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The P65 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P65
Order number 0 221 504 024

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 101

Dimensions2102 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Singel Fire Coil P65-E8

2Electrical Data
Primary resistance

570 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10
pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 74 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 2.0 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 2 kΩ resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
FeaturesuMax. 35 kVuMax. 65 mJuDeveloped for GDI enginesuMax. 10,000 1/min

Connector

Tyco AMP

Mating connector

D 261 205 350-01

Pin 1

Engine GND

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

ECU ignition power stage

Characteristic dwell times [ms]For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
This coil has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition power stages.
The coil is for spark plugs with ceramic diameter
d=8 mm.
The single fire coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness.

Application
Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Dwell timeMax. vibration≤ 250 m/s at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Ubatt

2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

6V

8.74

18.5

7.0 A

7.5 A

8.0 A

8V

4.5

6.4

9

10.8

13.9

8.5 A

Length180 mm

10 V

3.1

4.2

5.4

6

6.6

7.2

Weight w/o wire

< 222 g

12 V

2.36

3.1

3.88

4.25

4.63

4.92

Mounting

Screw fastening

14 V

1.9

2.48

3.05

3.32

3.57

3.77

16 V

1.61

2.06

2.53

2.73

2.93

3.08

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 8 mm

18 V

1.55

2

2.43

2.62

2.81

2.95

20 V

1.39

1.77

2.16

2.33

2.48

2.6

22 V

1.22

1.54

1.88

2.02

2.15

2.26

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 103

24 V

0.97

1.23

1.49

1.6

1.71

1.78

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be
less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to be verified
through current measurement

Spark energy and provided high voltage

2

Spark energy
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

37.8 mJ

1.46 ms

49 mA

24.3 kV

6A

54.5 mJ

1,74 ms

59 mA

28.9 kV

7A

69.8 mJ

1.97 ms

69 mA

33.2 kV

7.5 A

77.6 mJ

2.04 ms

74 mA

35.8 kV

8A

83.0 mJ

2.11 ms

77 mA

37.7 kV

8.5 A

88.0 mJ

2.16 ms

81 mA

39.0 kV

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The P65-E8 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Singel Fire Coil P65-E8
Order number F 02U V01 702-01

104 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions

2

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 105

Single Fire Coil P65-E10

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

570 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10
pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 74 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 2.0 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 2 kΩ resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

2

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
FeaturesuMax. 35 kVuMax. 65 mJuDeveloped for GDI enginesuMax. 10,000 1/min

Connector

Tyco AMP

Mating connector

D 261 205 350-01

Pin 1

Engine GND

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

ECU ignition power stage

Characteristic dwell times [ms]For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
This coil has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition power stages.
The coil is for spark plugs with ceramic diameterd=10 mm.
The single fire coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness.

Application
Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Dwell timeMax. vibration≤ 250 m/s at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Ubatt

2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

6V

8.74

18.5

7.0 A

7.5 A

8.0 A

8V

4.5

6.4

9

10.8

13.9

8.5 A

Length180 mm

10 V

3.1

4.2

5.4

6

6.6

7.2

Weight w/o wire

< 222 g

12 V

2.36

3.1

3.88

4.25

4.63

4.92

Mounting

Screw fastening

14 V

1.9

2.48

3.05

3.32

3.57

3.77

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm

16 V

1.61

2.06

2.53

2.73

2.93

3.08

18 V

1.55

2

2.43

2.62

2.81

2.95

20 V

1.39

1.77

2.16

2.33

2.48

2.6

22 V

1.22

1.54

1.88

2.02

2.15

2.26

106 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

24 V

0.97

1.23

1.49

1.6

1.71

1.78

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be
less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to be verified
through current measurement

2

Spark energy and provided high voltage

Spark energy
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

37.8 mJ

1.46 ms

49 mA

24.3 kV

6A

54.5 mJ

1,74 ms

59 mA

28.9 kV

7A

69.8 mJ

1.97 ms

69 mA

33.2 kV

7.5 A

77.6 mJ

2.04 ms

74 mA

35.8 kV

8A

83.0 mJ

2.11 ms

77 mA

37.7 kV

8.5 A

88.0 mJ

2.16 ms

81 mA

39.0 kV

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The P65-E10 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P65-E10
Order number F 02U V01 703-01

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 107

Dimensions2108 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil P65-T

2

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 33 kV

Spark current≤ 70 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.85 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 2 kΩ resistanceIntegrated suppression diode /EFUIntegrated power stage

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

BIP 385

Connectors and Wires

FeaturesuMax. 33 kVuMax. 65 mJuDeveloped for GDI enginesuMax. 10,000 1/min (with reduced dwell time)

Connector

Tyco 0-1488991-1

Mating connector

F 02U B00 555-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition signal

Pin 2

ECU GND

Pin 3

Ubatt

Characteristic dwell times [ms]This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed for
direct mounting on the cylinder head.
The P65-T has an integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition drivers.

Application

Ubatt

I primary
5.0 A

5.5 A

6.0 A

6.5 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

Max.
1000
/min

10

9

8

7

6

5

6V

10.7

11.6

8V

4.7

5.4

6.8

8.3

10.2

10 V

3.1

3.55

4.25

4.87

5.6

6.3

12 V

2.32

2.66

3.12

3.51

3.94

4.36

14 V

1.86

2.1

2.45

2.75

3.07

3.36

16 V

1.55

1.77

2.03

2.26

2.51

2.73

Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.0 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-40 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 140°C

16.5 V

1.49

1.7

1.95

2.17

2.40

2.61

Max. vibration≤ 200 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

18 V

1.34

1.51

1.73

1.92

2.13

2.31

20 V

1.16

1.33

1.51

1.67

1.85

2.0

24 V

0.93

1.05

1.19

1.32

1.45

1.57

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length143 mmWeight222 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.4 kV/µs

Dwell time

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 109

Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

33.7 mJ

1.37 ms

50 mA

24.4 kV

5.5 A

42 mJ

1.54 ms

54 mA

27.0 kV

6A

48.9 mJ

1.62 ms

59 mA

29.1 kV6.5 A

55.9 mJ

1.74 ms

63 mA

31.2 kV

7A

63.6 mJ

1.85 ms

68 mA

33.2V

7.5 A

71.9 mJ

1.92 ms

73 mA

34.7 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The P65-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition drivers.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P65-T
Order number 0 221 604 024

2

110 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions

2

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 111

Single Fire Coil P65-TE8

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 33 kV

Spark current≤ 70 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.85 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 2 kΩ resistanceIntegrated suppression diode /EFUIntegrated power stage

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

BIP 385

Connectors and Wires

FeaturesuMax. 33 kVuMax. 65 mJuDeveloped for GDI enginesuMax. 10,000 1/min (with reduced dwell time)

For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
The P65-TE8 has an integrated transistor and requires
an ECU with internal ignition drivers with 10 mA to 20
mA current output.
The P65-TE8 is for spark plugs with ceramic diameter of
8 mm.
The single fire coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness.

Application

Connector

Tyco 0-1488991-1

Mating connector

F 02U B00 555-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition signal

Pin 2

ECU GND

Pin 3

Ubatt

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
5.0 A

5.5 A

6.0 A

6.5 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

Max.
1000
/min

10

9

8

7

6

5

6V

10.7

11.6

8V

4.7

5.4

6.8

8.3

10.2

10 V

3.1

3.55

4.25

4.87

5.6

6.3

12 V

2.32

2.66

3.12

3.51

3.94

4.36

14 V

1.86

2.1

2.45

2.75

3.07

3.36

16 V

1.55

1.77

2.03

2.26

2.51

2.73

16.5 V

1.49

1.7

1.95

2.17

2.40

2.61

Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.0 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-40 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 140°C

18 V

1.34

1.51

1.73

1.92

2.13

2.31

Max. vibration≤ 200 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

20 V

1.16

1.33

1.51

1.67

1.85

2.0

24 V

0.93

1.05

1.19

1.32

1.45

1.57

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length143 mmWeight222 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 8 mm

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.4 kV/µs

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement2112 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

33.7 mJ

1.37 ms

50 mA

24.4 kV

5.5 A

42 mJ

1.54 ms

54 mA

27.0 kV

6A

48.9 mJ

1.62 ms

59 mA

29.1 kV6.5 A

55.9 mJ

1.74 ms

63 mA

31.2 kV

7A

63.6 mJ

1.85 ms

68 mA

33.2V

7.5 A

71.9 mJ

1.92 ms

73 mA

34.7 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The P65-TE8 has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition drivers.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P65-TE8
Order number F 02U V01 705-01

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 113

Dimensions2114 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil P65-TE10

2Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10
pF≤ 33 kV

Spark current≤ 70 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.85 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 2 kΩ resistanceIntegrated suppression diode /EFUIntegrated power stage

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

BIP 385

Connectors and Wires

FeaturesuMax. 33 kVuMax. 65 mJuDeveloped for GDI enginesuMax. 10,000 1/min (with reduced dwell time)

For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
The P65-TE10 has an integrated transistor and requires
an ECU with internal ignition drivers with 10 mA to 20
mA current output.
The P65-TE10 is for spark plugs with ceramic diameterof 10 mm.
The single fire coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness.

Application

Connector

Tyco 0-1488991-1

Mating connector

F 02U B00 555-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition signal

Pin 2

ECU GND

Pin 3

Ubatt

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
5.0 A

5.5 A

6.0 A

6.5 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

Max.
1000
/min

10

9

8

7

6

5

6V

10.7

11.6

8V

4.7

5.4

6.8

8.3

10.2

10 V

3.1

3.55

4.25

4.87

5.6

6.3

12 V

2.32

2.66

3.12

3.51

3.94

4.36

14 V

1.86

2.1

2.45

2.75

3.07

3.36

16 V

1.55

1.77

2.03

2.26

2.51

2.73

16.5 V

1.49

1.7

1.95

2.17

2.40

2.61

Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.0 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-40 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 140°C

18 V

1.34

1.51

1.73

1.92

2.13

2.31

Max. vibration≤ 200 m/s at 5 to 2,000 Hz

20 V

1.16

1.33

1.51

1.67

1.85

2.0

Technical Specifications

24 V

0.93

1.05

1.19

1.32

1.45

1.57

Mechanical Data

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

2

Length143 mmWeight222 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.4 kV/µs

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 115

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

33.7 mJ

1.37 ms

50 mA

24.4 kV

5.5 A

42 mJ

1.54 ms

54 mA

27.0 kV

6A

48.9 mJ

1.62 ms

59 mA

29.1 kV6.5 A

55.9 mJ

1.74 ms

63 mA

31.2 kV

7A

63.6 mJ

1.85 ms

68 mA

33.2V

7.5 A

71.9 mJ

1.92 ms

73 mA

34.7 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The P65-TE10 has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition drivers.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P65-TE10
Order number F 02U V01 706-01

116 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions

2

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 117

Single Fire Coil PS

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 30 kV

Spark current≤ 80 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

2

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)
respectively BIP372

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

AMP C-O-28 44 25

Mating connector

D 261 205 350-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition power stage

Pin 2

Engine GND

Pin 3

Ubatt

Pin 4

N.a.

u

Max. 30 kVuMax. 42 mJ

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

uMax. 1.5 kV/µs

Please specify the required wire length with your orderuMax. 10,000 1/min

Characteristic dwell times [ms]This pencil coil is a basic low cost concept designed forcylinder head installation.
The PS has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU
with internal ignition power stages.
The coil is only designed for spark plug shaft mounting.
It is a basic concept for ignition applications.

Application

Ubatt

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

6V

2.90

4.20

6.30

14.4

-

-

8V

1.83

2.45

3.17

4.10

5.10

6.20

10 V

1.33

1.74

2.18

2.68

3.16

3.49

Spark energy≤ 42 mJ

12 V

1.05

1.35

1.68

2.02

2.33

2.53

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

14 V

0.86

1.11

1.35

1.62

1.85

1.99

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

16 V

0.73

0.93

1.14

1.35

1.54

1.65

20 V

0.56

0.71

0.86

1.02

1.15

1.23

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

22 V

0.50

0.64

0.77

0.91

1.02

1.09

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s at 5 to 2,500 Hz

24 V

0.46

0.58

0.70

0.82

0.92

0.98

2

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

22 mm

Weight

189 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

570 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.5 kV/µs

118 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-currant

Hi voltage

4A

15.0 mJ

0.650 ms

46 mA

15.6 kV

5A

22.8 mJ

0.793 ms

62 mA

19.3 kV

6A

30.2 mJ

0.904 ms

73 mA

22.7 kV

7A

38.2 mJ

1.010 ms

84 mA

26.0 kV

8A

47.9 mJ

1.101 ms

96 mA

28.8 kV

9A

52.9 mJ

1.130 ms

100 mA

30.2 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The PS has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal
ignition power stages.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil PS
Order number 0 221 504 460

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 119

Dimensions2120 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil PS-T

2

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 27 kV

Spark current≤ 80 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Power stage

Integrated

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

BIP 355

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
4-pole Compact

D 261 205 336-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition signal

Pin 2

ECU GND

Pin 3

Engine GND

Pin 4

Ubatt

u

Max. 27 kVuMax. 42 mJuMax. 1.5 kV/µs

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

uMax. 10,000 1/min

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

This pencil coil is a basic low cost concept designed forcylinder head installation.
The PS-T has an integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition drivers.
The coil is only designed for spark plug shaft mounting.
It is a basic concept for ignition applications.

Application

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

6V

2.90

4.20

6.30

14.4

-

-

8V

1.83

2.45

3.17

4.10

5.10

6.20

10 V

1.33

1.74

2.18

2.68

3.16

3.49

12 V

1.05

1.35

1.68

2.02

2.33

2.53

14 V

0.86

1.11

1.35

1.62

1.85

1.99

16 V

0.73

0.93

1.14

1.35

1.54

1.65

Spark energy≤ 42 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

20 V

0.56

0.71

0.86

1.02

1.15

1.23

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s at 5 to 2,500 Hz

22 V

0.50

0.64

0.77

0.91

1.02

1.09

Technical Specifications

24 V

0.46

0.58

0.70

0.82

0.92

0.98

Mechanical Data

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

2

Diameter

22 mm

Weight202 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.5 kV/µs

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 121

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-currant

Hi voltage

4A

15.0 mJ

0.650 ms

46 mA

15.6 kV

5A

22.8 mJ

0.793 ms

62 mA

19.3 kV

6A

30.2 mJ

0.904 ms

73 mA

22.7 kV

7A

38.2 mJ

1.010 ms

84 mA

26.0 kV

8A

47.9 mJ

1.101 ms

96 mA

28.8 kV

9A

52.9 mJ

1.130 ms

100 mA

30.2 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The PS-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition drivers, e.g. MS 4.x or MS 4.x Sport.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil PS-T
Order number 0 221 604 103

122 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions

2

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 123

Single Fire Coil S19

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

200 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 7.5 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 30 kV

Spark current≤ 320 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 0.27 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Ionic current signal

Optional

2

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V)

Connectors and Wires
FeaturesuMax. 30 kVuMax. 34 mJuMax. 7.5 kV/µs

uMax. 20,000 1/min

This single fire coil was developed for the use in Formula 1 high performance engines. It is designed to mountdirectly on the spark plug.
This coil optionally provides an ionic current measurement.
The S19 has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition power stages.
The upper part (wire side) and the lower part (spark
plug side) can be designed per customer specification.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
robustness in hard racing applications and high energy
efficiency.

Application

Connector

Open end

Mating connector

-

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU power stage white (bluewith optional ionic current measurement)

Pin 3

Engine GND black

Pin 4

Optional ionic current signal
screen wire white

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 20/22

Wire length L

Max. 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Characteristic dwell times [ms]UbattSpark energy≤ 34 mJ

Primary current≤ 25 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

0 to 160°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

I primary
12 A

16.0 A

20.0 A

22.0 A

6V

0.7

1.4

8V

0.390

10 V

25.0 A

0.613

0.980

1.300

0.278

0.411

0.586

0.695

0.910

12 V

0.216

0.310

0.426

0.491

0.606

14 V

0.176

0.250

0.335

0.382

0.460

Technical Specifications

16 V

0.148

0.208

0.276

0.313

0.371

Mechanical Data

24 V

0.084

0.119

0.157

0.175

0.208

Diameter

18.5 mm

27 V

0.077

0.107

0.139

0.155

0.180

Weight

100 g

30 V

0.068

0.094

0.122

0.136

0.157

Mounting

Pluggable / pressed

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

124 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

12 A

9 mJ

120 µs

150 mA

17.5 kV

16 A

15.2 mJ

154 µs200 mA

22.8 kV

20 A

22.8 mJ

186 µs

250 mA

27.8 kV

22 A

27.2 mJ

200 µs

275 mA

30 kV

25 A

34.2 mJ

221 µs

320 mA

33.4 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The S22 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil S19
Order number 0 221 B00 113-01

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 125

Dimensions2126 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil S22/S22-T

2

Features

Pin 2

ECU ignition
power stage
white

ECU ignition
signal yellow

Pin 3

Engine GND
black

ECU GND
blue

Pin 4

Ion current
signal screen
wire white

Engine GND
black

Pin 5

N.a.

Optional ion
current signal
screen wire
white

Measured with power stage

IGBT
IRG4BC40S(Uce = 600 V)

IGBT
IRF5036S(Uce = 400 V)

Operating temperature range atouter core

0 to 160°C

0 to 150°C

Mechanical Datau

Max. 25 kV

Diameter

22 mm

uMax. 60 mJ

Weight150 guMax. 5.0 kV/µs

Mounting

Pluggable / presseduMax. 10,000 1/min

Electrical Data

This single fire coil was developed for the use in highperformance engines. It is designed to mount directly on
the spark plug andThis coil optionally provides an ionic current measurement. The S22-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition drivers. The S22 has
no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages.
The upper part (wire side) and the lower part (spark
plug side) can be designed per customer specification.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
robustness in hard racing applications and high energy
efficiency.

Application

Primary resistance with wire

Please see Variations

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 25 kV

Spark current≤ 300 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 0.43 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Integrated power stage

Please see Variations
Optional

Spark energy≤ 60 mJ

Ionic current signal

Primary current≤ 16 A

Characteristic

Operating temperature range atouter core

Please see Variations

Measured with power stage

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Connectors and Wires

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Connector

Open end

Mating connector

-

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2Please see Variations

Pin 3

Please see Variations

Pin 4

Please see Variations
Please see Variations

Technical Specifications
Variations

Please see Variations

S22

S22-T

Primary resistance with wire

330 mΩ

Incapable ofmeasurement

Integrated power stage

-

+

Pin 5

Pin 1

Ubatt red

Ubatt red

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 127

Wire size

AWG 20/22

Wire length L

Max. 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Characteristic dwell times [ms]
Ubatt

2

I primary
8A

10 A

12 A

14 A

15 A

16 A

6V

1.76

2.61

4.61

8V

1.10

1.49

1.99

2.70

3.12

3.74

10 V

0.80

Spark energy

1.08

1.37

1.71

1.91

2.12

12 V

Installation Notes

0.62

0.83

1.04

1.27

1.40

1.52

14 V

0.51

0.68

0.84

1.01

1.10

1.19

16 V

0.44

0.53

0.70

0.84

0.91

0.99

20 V

0.34

0.44

0.53

0.63

0.68

0.73

24 V

0.27

0.35

0.43

0.50

0.54

0.58

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The S22-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition drivers.
The S22 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Operation with limit values of 16 A can reduce the life time of the ignition coil. In case of permanent operation please use 12 A. This willbring a spark energy of 40 mJ.
Please find further application hints at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Coil S22
Order number 0 221 B00 115-02
Coil S22-T
Integrated transistor
Order number 0 221 B00 116-01

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

8A

18.1 mJ

251 µs

150 mA

21.1 kV

10 A

28.3 mJ

305 µs

185 mA

22.7 kV

12 A

39 mJ

353 µs

225 mA

23.6 kV

14 A

50.8 mJ

394 µs

260 mA

24.6 kV

15 A

58 mJ

415 µs

280 mA

24.9 kV

16 A

64 mJ

430 µs

300 mA

25.2 kV

128 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions

2

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 129

Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

420 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 2.1 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 95 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.14 ms

2

Suppression diode / EFU

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
3-pole Compact

D 261 205 335-01

Pin 1

Coil 2 (b) ECU Ignition Power
Stage

u

Max. 35 kVu

2 x ≤ 50 mJ

Pin 2

Ubatt

u

Max. 2.1 kV/µs

Pin 3

Coil 1 (a) ECU Ignition Power
Stage

u

Developed for twin spark enginesu

2 independent coils in 1 housing

This ignition coil is specifically developed for engineswith twin sparks.
The advantage of this coil is that are two separated coils
in one housing. So the ignition can be parallel or serialoffset with some angular degrees.
The Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition powerstages.
This coil is a series coil, produced in great quantities.
The advantages of coils from run production are low
costs and high robustness.

Application
Spark energy

2 x ≤ 50 mJ

Primary current

2 x ≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range
outer core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 110°C

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight496 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

8.0 A

6V

4.6

6.5

9.2

13.6

8V

2.9

3.9

4.8

5.7

6.1

6.5

10 V

2.1

2.74

3.36

3.9

4.0

4.2

12 V

1.65

2.11

2.55

2.92

3.04

3.18

14 V

1.36

1.74

2.07

2.35

2.45

2.55

16 V

1.16

1.47

1.75

1.98

2.05

2.14

18 V

1.02

1.28

1.51

1.7

1.77

1.84

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

130 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

4A

20 mJ

0.784 ms

55 mA

22.5 kV

5A

29.9 mJ

0.931 ms

70 mA

27.5 kV

6A

38 mJ

1.04 ms

85 mA

31.5 kV

7A

46.2 mJ

1.11 ms

90 mA

35.4 kV

7.5 A

49.5 mJ

1.14 ms

95 mA

36.7 kV

8A

52.4 mJ

1.16 ms

105 mA37.7 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
The coil can be mounted directly on the engine.
Ignition wires are needed to connect the coil with the spark plug.
The Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1 has no integrated transistors and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1
Order number 0 221 503 035

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 131

Dimensions2132 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Double Fire Coil 2x2

2Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 70 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 2.2 ms

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Jetronic

Mating connector
3-pole Jetronic

D 261 205 289-01

Pin 1

Coil 2 ECU Ignition Power Stage

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

Coil 1 ECU Ignition Power Stage

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Features

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

uMax. 35 kV

Characteristic dwell times [ms]uMax. 70 mJ

Ubatt

u

Max. 1.9 kV/µs

u

For 4 cyl. engines

This dual spark ignition coil is designed for low-cost applications in 4-cylinder engines.
The Double Fire Coil 2x2 has no integrated transistor
and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages.
The advantage of this coil is that the ECU needs only
two internal ignition power stages for supplying a 4-cylinder engine.
The Double Fire Coil 2x2 benefits from series production ensuring robustness and low cost.

Application

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

10 A

6V

6.9

9.3

13.1

22.2

8V

4.2

5.3

6.7

8.1

9.8

12.0

10 V

3.0

3.8

4.6

5.4

6.2

7.0

12 V

2.4

2.9

3.5

4.1

4.6

5.1

14 V

1.9

2.4

2.8

3.3

3.6

4.0

16 V

1.6

2.0

2.4

2.7

3.0

3.3

20 V

1.2

1.5

1.8

2.0

2.3

2.5

22 V

1.1

1.3

1.6

1.8

2.0

2.2

1.0

1.2

1.4

1.6

1.8

2.0

Spark energy≤ 70 mJ

24 V

Primary current≤ 8.0 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 120°C

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 200 m/s2 at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight916 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

500 mΩ

Secondary resistance

13.3 kΩHigh voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

Dwell time

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 133

Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

34.5 mJ

1.6 ms

40 mA24.9 kV

6A

46.5 mJ

1.83 ms

51 mA

30 kV

7A

58.0 mJ

2.03 ms

61 mA

34.5 kV

8A

69.6 mJ

2.2 ms

70 mA38.6 kV

9A

79.9 mJ

2.31 ms

77 mA

42.2 kV

10 A

89.9 mJ

2.4 ms

88 mA

45 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
The coil can be mounted directly on the engine.
Ignition wires are needed to connect the coil with the spark plug,
please pay attention that the spark plugs are connected in the correct
ignition firing order. Numbers in the offer drawing or on the ignition
coil are not the firing order but the cylinders’ order.
The Double Fire Coil 2x2 has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with two internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Double Fire Coil 2x2
Order number 0 221 503 407

2134 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions

2

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 135

Double Fire Coil 3x2

Spark current≤ 80 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.9 ms

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V)

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

Bosch Jetronic

Mating connector
3-pole Jetronic

D 261 205 351-01

Pin 1

Coil 3 ECU Ignition Power Stage

Pin 2

Coil 2 ECU Ignition Power Stage

Pin 3

Coil 1 ECU Ignition Power Stage

Pin 4

Ubatt

u

Max. 35 kV

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

uMax. 65 mJ

Characteristic dwell times [ms]uMax. 1.9 kV/µs

Ubatt

u

For 6 cyl. engines

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

6V

7.2

9.5

13.5

8V

4.3

5.4

10 V

3.1

12 V

10 A

6.6

7.9

9.5

3.8

4.5

5.2

6.0

6.7

2.4

2.9

3.5

3.9

4.4

4.9

This dual spark ignition coil is designed for low-cost applications in 6-cylinder engines.
The Double Fire Coil 3x2 has no integrated transistor
and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages.
The advantage of this coil is that the ECU needs only
three internal ignition power stages for supplying a 6cylinder engine.
The Double Fire Coil 3x2 benefits from series production ensuring robustness and low cost.

14 V

2.0

2.4

2.8

3.2

3.5

3.9

16 V

1.7

2.0

2.4

2.7

2.9

3.2

Application

18 V

1.4

1.7

2.0

2.3

2.5

2.7

20 V

1.3

1.5

1.8

2.0

2.2

2.4

22 V

1.1

1.3

1.6

1.8

1.9

2.1

24 V

1.0

1.2

1.4

1.6

1.8

1.9

Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 8.0 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 120°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 200 m/s2 at 5 to 250 Hz

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight1,490 gMounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

500 mΩ

Secondary resistance

12 kΩ

High voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Dwell time2

136 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Spark energy and provided high voltage

2

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

34.4 mJ

1.44 ms

48 mA

25.4 kV

6A

45 mJ

1.63 ms

60 mA

29.9 kV

7A

56.5 mJ

1.78 ms

70 mA

34 kV

8A

67.6 mJ

1.9 ms

80 mA

39.3 kV

9A

77.7 mJ

1.98 ms

88.8 mA

43 kV

10 A

86.2 mJ

2.07 ms

100 mA

45 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
The coil can be mounted directly on the engine.
Ignition wires are needed to connect the coil with the spark plug,
please pay attention that the spark plugs are connected in the correct
ignition firing order. Numbers in the offer drawing or on the ignition
coil are not the firing order but the cylinders’ order.
The Double Fire Coil 3x2 has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with three internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Double Fire Coil 3x2
Order number 0 221 503 002

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 137

Dimensions2138 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules

Ignition Module IM 3.1

2

Electrical Data
UBatt typical13.5 V

Voltage supply

6 to 16.5 V

IB high active on

min. 10 mA

IB low off

0 mA

IB

10 to 22 mA

IC typical≤ 8.5 AIC max. at TU < 120°C< 10 AUCE satt at IC = 5 A<3V

UCE satt at IC max<9V

Characteristic

Features

Characteristic dwell time

See characteristic dwell timefrom the ignition coil used

Internal transistor

Triple Darlington

Connectors and WiresuMax. 3 cylinders

Connector (Coil T1)

Bosch Jetronic 3-pole

u

47 g

D 261 205 289-01

uFits to all MS 4 ECUs

Mating connector 3-pole JetronicuEspecially adapted for Coil P and 3x2

Pin 1

Collector transistor 1

Pin 2

Collector transistor 2

Pin 3

Collector transistor 3

Connector (ECU)

Bosch Jetronic 4-poleMating connector 4-pole Jetronic

D 261 205 351-01

Pin 1

Basis transistor 3

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Basis transistor 2
Basis transistor 1

This module is an external ignition power stage capableof supplying up to three non-transistorized ignition coils.
The IM input signal should be supplied by an ECU withignition signal outputs in the range of 10 to 20 mA, e.g.
MS 4 Sport.
The IM unit combines the robustness of a high quality
production part with good electrical performance toprovide an ideal solution for adapting non-transistorized
coils to an ECU without internal ignition driver stages.

Application
Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Pin 4

Clamp voltage

380 V ± 30 V

Installation Notes

Operating temperature range atmeasuring point-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature range-40 at 130°C

Max. vibration

400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Technical Specifications

This ignition module can be used with: Coils 2x1, 2x2, 3x2, P35 andPS or comparable coils.
Please ensure that the connectors are safe from water.
The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The mounting surface
needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.
A heat conductive paste has to be used.

Mechanical Data
Size

70.5 x 68 x 20 mm

This ignition module is designed for use with engine control units
which have no integrated ignition transistor.

Weight w/o wire

47 g

Please observe the specified limit values.

Mounting

2 x M4 screws with spring washer

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°CInjection and Ignition | Ignition Modules | 139

Ordering Information
Ignition Module IM 3.1
Order number 0 227 100 209

Dimensions2140 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules

Ignition Module IM 3.2

2

IB high active on

min. 10 mA

IB low off

0 mA

IB

10 to 22 mA

IC typical≤ 8.5 AIC max. at TU < 120°C< 10 AUCE satt at IC = 5 A<3V

UCE satt at IC max<9V

Characteristic

Features

Characteristic dwell time

See characteristic dwell timefrom the ignition coil used

Internal transistor

Triple Darlington

Connectors and WiresuMax. 3 cylinders

u

47 g

u
u

Connector

Bosch Jetronic 7-poleMating connector
7-pole Jetronic

F 02U B00 252-01

Fits to all MS 4 ECUs
Especially adapted for Coil P and 3x2

Pin 1

Collector transistor 1

This module is an external ignition power stage capableof supplying up to three non-transistorized ignition coils.
The IM input signal should be supplied by an ECU withignition signal outputs in the range of 10 to 20 mA, e.g.
MS 4 Sport.
The IM unit combines the robustness of a high quality
production part with good electrical performance toprovide an ideal solution for adapting non-transistorized
coils to an ECU without internal ignition driver stages.

Pin 2

Basis transistor 1

Pin 3

Collector transistor 2

Pin 4

Gnd

Pin 5

Basis transistor 2

Pin 6

Collector transistor 3

Pin 7

Basis transistor 3

Application

Installation Notes

Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Clamp voltage

380 V ± 30 V

Operating temperature range atmeasuring point-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

This ignition module can be used with: Coils 2x1, 2x2, 3x2, P35 andPS or comparable coils.
Please ensure that the connectors are safe from water.
The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The mounting surface
needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.
A heat conductive paste has to be used.

Technical Specifications

This ignition module is designed for use with engine control units
which have no integrated ignition transistor.

Mechanical Data

Please observe the specified limit values.

Size

71 x 48 x 21 mm

Weight w/o wire

47 g

Mounting

2 x M4 screws with spring washer

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°CElectrical Data
UBatt typical13.5 V

Voltage supply

6 to 16.5 V

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Ignition Module IM 3.2
Order number 0 227 100 203

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules | 141

Dimensions

2142 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules

Ignition Module IM 4

2

Electrical Data
UBatt typical13.5 V

Voltage supply

6 to 16.5 V

IB high active on

min. 10 mA

IB low off

0 mA

IB

10 to 22 mA

IC typical< 8.5 AIC max. at TU < 120°C< 10 AUCE satt at IC = 5 A<3V

UCE satt at IC max<9V

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector (Coil T1)

Bosch Jetronic 4-poleMating connector
Jetronic 4-pole

D 261 205 351-01

Pin 1

Collector transistor 4uMax. 4 cylinders

Pin 2

Collector transistor 3

u

54 g

Pin 3

Collector transistor 2uFits to all MS 4 ECUs

Pin 4

Collector transistor 1

uEspecially adapted for Coil P, 2x2 and 2x1

Connector (ECU)

Bosch Jetronic 5-poleMating connector
Jetronic 5-pole

D 261 205 352-01

Pin 1

Basis transistor 1

Pin 2

Basis transistor 2

Pin 3

Gnd

Pin 4

Basis transistor 3

Pin 5

Basis transistor 4This module is an external ignition power stage capableof supplying up to four non-transistorized ignition coils.
The IM input signal should be supplied by an ECU withignition signal outputs in the range of 10 to 20 mA, e.g.
MS 4 Sport.
The IM unit combines the robustness of a high quality
production part with good electrical performance toprovide an ideal solution for adapting non-transistorized
coils to an ECU without internal ignition driver stages.

Application

Installation Notes

Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Clamp voltage

380 V ± 30 V

This ignition module can be used with: Coils 2x1, 2x2, 3x2, P35 andPS or comparable coils.

Operating temperature range atmeasuring point-40 to 120°C

Please ensure that the connectors are safe from water.

Storage temperature range-40 to 130°C

The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The mounting surface
needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.

Max. vibration

400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

A heat conductive paste has to be used.
This ignition module is designed for use with engine control units
which have no integrated ignition transistor.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Please observe the specified limit values.

Size

70.5 x 68 x 20 mm

Weight w/o wire

54 g

Mounting

2 x M4 screws with spring washer

Ordering Information
Ignition Module IM 4
Order number 0 227 100 211

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules | 143

Dimensions2144 | Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

Injection Valve EV 6

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 16.5 V

Connectors and Wires
Connectors

2

Jetronic, Sumitomo, Motorsport
connectors

Ordering Information
EV 6, 116 g/min
Order number 0 280 156 194
EV 6, 261 g/min
Order number 0 280 155 868
EV 6, 261 g/min
Order number 0 280 155 830
EV 6, 269 g/min
Order number 0 280 156 063

FeaturesuSingle beam or twin beamu

Flow rate at 3 bar: up to 962 cm3/min (N-heptane)u

Spray angle 15 to 70°

EV 6 injection valves are designed to inject the fuel as
efficiently as possible into the intake manifold runner toachieve a homogeneous distribution of fuel in air flow.
EV 6 injection valves feature high corrosion resistanceand excellent engine start characteristics. The hydraulicconnections of the Bosch injection valves EV 6, EV 12
and EV 14 are compatible.

Installation Notes
Please ask for more information before ordering.
Injectors with low resistance are only supplied with a peak and holdpower stage.

Communication
Mechanical Data
System pressure

Max. 8 bar

Weight≤ 55 gFuel input

Top-feed injector

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°CClimate-proof corresponding to saline fog test DIN 50 021
Housing designStandard (S), Long (L)Spray typeC (Conical Spray) or E (2-Spray)

Flow rate at 3 bar (n-heptane)

134 to 962 cm³/min
92 to 658 g/min

Spray angle α

15 to 70°

Bent angle γ

0 to 20°

Coil resistance

1.2 to 16 ΩFuel compatibility

E85

EV 6, 310 g/min
Order number 0 280 156 012
EV 6, 658 g/min
Order number B 280 434 499-02

Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 145

Dimensions

2

Spray Illustrations

EV6 Standard

146 | Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves2

EV6 LongInjection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 147

EV 6 Variations
Variations of production type valves
Part Nr.

0 280 156 194

0 280 155 868

0 280 155 830

0 280 156 063

0 280 156 012

2Flow rate/min

116 g/170 cm3261 g/382 cm3261 g/382 cm3269 g/393 cm3310 g/453 cm3

Type

C

C

E

E

C

Housing

S

L

L

L

S

α80

15°

15°

20°

15°

20°

γ

0°

0°

0°

10°

5°

δ

-

-

90°

270°

90°

Resistance

14.5 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

Further variations are available on request
Variation of Motorsport valves
Part Nr.

B 280 434 499-02

Flow rate/min

658 g/962 cm3

Type

C

Housing

S

α80

25°

γ

0°

δ

-

Resistance

12 Ω

Further variations are available on request.

148 | Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

Injection Valve EV 12

Connectors and Wires
Connectors

Jetronic, Sumitomo, Motorsport
connectors

Installation Notes

2

Please ask for more information before ordering.

Ordering Information
EV 12, 120 g/min
Order number 0 280 157 002
EV 12, 193 g/min
Order number 0 280 157 012
EV 12, 217 g/min
Order number 0 280 155 897

Features

EV 12, 269 g/min
Order number 0 280 155 892uSingle beam or twin beamu

Flow rate at 3 bar: up to 1,023 cm3/min (N-heptane)u

Spray angle 5 to 60°

uWith extension

EV 12 injection valves are EV 6 injection valves with anextended tip.
There is only one injector body size for the EV 12. Various delivery rates and spray-angles are available. The injection valves EV 6, EV 12 and EV 14 are compatible.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
System pressure

Max. 8 bar

Weight40 g

Installation length

48 mm (total 81 mm)

Fuel input

Top-feed injector

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°CClimate-proof corresponding to saline fog test DIN 50 021
Housing designStandard with extension

Spray typeC (Conical Spray) or E (2-Spray)

Flow rate at 3 bar (n-heptane)

146 to 1,023 cm³/min
59 to 670 g/min

Spray angle α

5 to 60°

Bent angle γ

0 to 17°

Coil resistance

11 to 16 ΩFuel compatibility

E85

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 16.5 V

EV 12, 310 g/min
Order number 0 280 157 000

Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 149

Dimensions

2

Housing Variations

Spray Illustrations

150 | Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

2

Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 151

EV 12 Variations
Variations of production type valves
Part Nr.

0 280 157 002

0 280 157 012

0 280 155 897

0 280 155 892

0 280 157 000

2Flow rate/min

120 g/175 cm3

193 g/282 cm3

217 g/317 cm3

269 g/393 cm3310 g/453 cm3

Type

E

E

E

E

E

Housing

S

S

S

S

S

α

15°

15°

15°

15°

15°

γ

10°

10°

10°

10°

10°

δ

270°

270°

270°

270°

270°

Resistance

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

Further variations are available on request.

152 | Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

Connectors and Wires

Injection Valve EV 14

Connectors

Jetronic, Sumitomo, Motorsport
connectors

Installation Notes

2

Please ask for more information before ordering.

Ordering Information
EV 14, 116 g/min
Order number 0 280 158 110
EV 14, 116 g/min
Order number 0 280 158 200
EV 14, 150 g/min
Order number 0 280 158 107
EV 14, 150 g/min
Order number 0 280 158 013

Featuresu

Conical spray or 2-sprayu

Flow rate at 3 bar: up to 1,023 cm /min (N-heptane)3uSpray angle 15 to 85°uWith or without extension

EV 14 injection valves are the latest revision of the EV 6
injection valve technology.
EV 14 is designed for a wide range of flow rates andspray patterns. Compact size and three standard versions simplify mounting in a variety of applications.

Technical Specifications

EV 14, 503 g/min
Order number B 280 436 038-08
EV 14, 387 g/min
Order number B 280 436 038-09
EV 14, 387 g/min
Order number B 280 436 038-10
EV 14, 237 g/min
Order number 0 280 158 038
EV 14, 237 g/min
Order number 0 280 158 116

Mechanical Data
System pressure

Max. 8 bar

Weight≤ 30 g

Installation lengths

33.6, 48.65 or 60.65 mm

Fuel input

Top-feed injector

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°CClimate-proof corresponding to saline fog test DIN 50 021
Housing design

Compact (C), Standard (S),Long (L)Spray typeC (Conical Spray) or E (2-Spray)

Flow rate at 3 bar (N-heptane)

146 to 1,023 cm³/min
100 to 700 g/min

Spray angle α

15 to 85°

Bent angle γ

0 to 15°

Coil resistance

12 Ω

Fuel compatibility

E85

Electrical Data
Power supply

EV 14, 503 g/min
Order number B 280 436 038-07

6 to 16.5 V

EV 14, 429 g/min
Order number 0 280 158 123
EV 14, 670 g/min
Order number 0 280 158 040
EV 14, 697 g/min
Order number B 280 436 469-01

Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 153

Dimensions

2

Spray Illustrations

Housing Variations

154 | Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

2

Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 155

EV 14 Variations
Variations of production type valves
Part Nr.

0 280 158 110

0 280 158 200

0 280 158 107

0 280 158 013

0 280 158 038

2
Flow rate/min

116 g/170 cm3

116 g/170 cm3

150 g/219 cm3150 g/219 cm3

237 g/347 cm3

Type

C

E

C

E

C

Housing

L

S

L

S

KxT

α

15°

15°

20°

19°

20°

γ

0°

0°

0°

0°

0°

δ

0°

90°

0°

90°

0°

Resistance

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

Part Nr.

0 280 158 116

0 280 158 123

0 280 158 040

Flow rate/min

237 g/347 cm3429 g/627 cm3670 g/980 cm3

Type

E

E

C

Housing

L

SxT

KxT

α

22°

25°

30°

γ

5°

0°

0°

δ

90°

90°

0°

Resistance

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

Further variations are available on request
Variations of Motorsport valves
Part Nr.

B 280 436 038-07

B 280 436 038-08

B 280 436 038-09

B 280 436 038-10

B 280 436 469-01

Flow rate/min

503 g/736 cm3503 g/736 cm3387 g/566 cm3387 g/566 cm3697 g/1,019 cm3

Type

C

C

C

C

E

Housing

S

S

S

S

S

α

70°

25°

70°

25°

20°

γ

0°

0°

0°

0°

0°

δ

-

-

-

-

90°

Resistance

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

Further variations are available on request.

156 | Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

Injection Valve EV 14i

Coil resistance

12 Ω

Fuel compatibility

E85

Electrical Data
Power supply

2

6 to 16.5 V

Connectors and Wires
Connectors

Div. motorsports connectors

Installation Notes
Please ask for more information before ordering.
Injectors with low resistance are only supplied with a peak and holdpower stage.

Ordering Information
EV 14i, 213 g/min
Order number B 280 436 323-03

Features

EV 14i, 263 g/min
Order number B 280 436 270-03

uFlow rate at 3 bar: up to 1,023 cm3/min (N-heptane)u

Spray angle 15 to 85°uExtremely small housinguVery low weightuSpecial development for motorsports

EV 14i, 261 g/min
Order number B 280 436 548-01
EV 14i, 310 g/min
Order number B 280 436 470-01

EV 14i injection valves are especially developed for motorsport applications.
The valve is designed for a wide range of flow rates andspray patterns. Very compact size simplifies mounting ina variety of applications.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
System pressure

Max. 8 bar

Weight≤20 g

Installation lengths

26.9 mm

Fuel input

Top-feed injector

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤70°C

Climate-proof corresponding to saline fog test DIN 50 021
Housing design

Very compact

Spray typeC (Conical Spray) or E (2-Spray)

Flow rate at 3 bar (N-heptane)

Max. 1,023 cm³/min
Max. 700 g/min

Spray angle α

15 to 85°

Bent angle γ

0 to 15°

Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 157

Dimensions

2

Spray Illustrations

158 | Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

EV 14i Variations
Variations of production type valves
Part Nr.

B 280 436 323-03

B 280 436 270-03

B 280 436 548-01

B 280 436 470-01

Flow rate/min

213 g/311 cm3

263 g/385 cm3261 g/382 cm3

310 g/453 cm3

Type

C

C

E

C

Housing

i

i

ixT

i

α

85°

25°

20°

50°

γ

0°

0°

15°

0°

δ

0°

0°

90°

0°

Resistance

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

2

Further variations are available on request.

Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 159

HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

68 g

Diameter

20.7 mm

Length87 mm

Spray typeMulti hole

Number of holes

4 to 7 holes (typical)

Spray angle overall

110° (typical)

Spray angle single beam

8 to 20°

Static flow tolerance±5 %Dynamic flow tolerance±6 % at ti = 1.5 ms

Leakage≤2.5 mm³/min at 23°C

Electrical Data
Features

Booster supply

65 to 90 V

Booster current

13.2 Au

Max. 200 bar

Booster time

500 μsuMulti holePower supply

12 V

u

Flow rate at 100 bar: up to 1,500 cm3/min (N-heptane)

Pick up current

9.6 A

Pick up time

800 μsu

Spray angle 8 to 20°

Hold power supply

12 V

Hold current

3.0 A hysteresis 0.8 A

Coil resistance

1,500 mΩ (ambient temp.)

The HDEV 5.2 is a high pressure injector, which is developed to be used as a port or a direct injector.
The function of the HDEV 5.2 is both to meter out thefuel and to obtain a well-defined mixture of fuel and air.
It is an inward opening solenoid injector which is optimized regarding very short opening and closing times
which ensures a very stable linearity at short injection
times.
The benefit of this injector is a high spray variability concerning spray angle and spray shape. Also the flow rate
can be defined in a big range. Bosch offers the spraytargeting design according to the individual customer requirements. If your application conditions will not matchthe listed performance data, please ask for consultancy
at Bosch Motorsport. In addition to the specific designed sample, Bosch offers cost effective production
HDEV 5.2 on request.

Application

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector Compact

D 261 205 359-01

Connector Jetronic (wire)

D 261 205 288-01

Connector motorsports (wire)

On request

Pin 1

Pos

Pin 2

Gnd

Installation Notes
The injector has to be supplied by a Bosch Motorsport Power Stage
Unit (e.g. HPI 5 or HPI 1.16).
Listed electrical values may vary according to the application.

Application

308 to 1,026 g/min at 100 bar(typical)

Fuel input

Top-feed injector

Fuel

Gasoline

Operating pressure

200 barOperating temperature range-31 to 130°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Max. vibration

600 m/s²

The injector can be cleaned (mechanically or chemically), if the tip will
not be damaged.
Do not use supersonic cleaning.

Ordering Information
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2
Order number on request2160 | Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

Dimensions

2

Spray variations, further variations on request

Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 161

HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2
LC

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

221.5 gDiameter

20.7 mm

Length185 mmSpray typeMulti hole

Number of holes

4 to 7 holes (typical)

Spray angle overall

110° (typical)

Spray angle single beam

8 to 20°

Static flow tolerance±5 %Dynamic flow tolerance±6 % at ti = 1.5 ms

Leakage≤2.5 mm³/min at 23°C

Electrical Data

Features

Booster supply

65 to 90 V

Booster current

13.2 A

Booster time

500 μsuMax. 200 bar

Power supply

12 V

u

Multi hole

Pick up current

9.6 A

u

Flow rate at 100 bar: up to 1,500 cm3/min (N-heptane)

Pick up time

800 μsHold power supply

12 V

Spray angle 8 to 20°

Hold current

3.0 A hysteresis 0.8 A

Coil resistance

1,500 mΩ (ambient temp.)u

The HDEV 5.2 LC is a high pressure injector, which isdeveloped to be used as a port or a direct injector.
The function of the HDEV 5.2 LC is both to meter out
the fuel and to obtain a well-defined mixture of fuel andair. It is an inward opening solenoid injector which is
optimized regarding very short opening and closing
times which ensures a very stable linearity at short injection times.
The benefit of this injector is a high spray variability concerning spray angle and spray shape. Also the flow rate
can be defined in a big range. Bosch offers the spraytargeting design according to the individual customer requirements. If your application conditions will not matchthe listed performance data, please ask for consultancy
at Bosch Motorsport. In addition to the specific designed sample, Bosch offers cost effective production
HDEV 5.2 LC on request.

Application
Application

308 to 1,026 g/min at 100 bar(typical)

Fuel input

Top-feed injector

Fuel

Gasoline

Operating pressure

200 barOperating temperature range-31 to 130°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Max. vibration

600 m/s²

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector Compact

On request

Connector Jetronic (wire)

D 261 205 288-01

Connector motorsports (wire)

On request

Pin 1

Pos

Pin 2

Gnd

Installation Notes
The injector has to be supplied by a Bosch Motorsport Power Stage
Unit (e.g. HPI 5 or HPI 1.16).
Listed electrical values may vary according to the application.
The injector can be cleaned (mechanically or chemically), if the tip will
not be damaged.
Do not use supersonic cleaning.

Ordering Information
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2 LC
Order number on request2

162 | Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

Dimensions

2

Spray variations, further variations on request

Alternators and Starters

3

Alternators

164

Starters

170

164 | Alternators and Starters | Alternators

Alternator B3

Outer diameter w/o screw

136 mmLength w/o pulley

117 mmBattery B+ connection

M8x1.25

Tightening torque

22 Nm

Electrical Data3

Output voltage at 10 A

14.2 V

Temperature compensation-10 mV/K

High temperature cut off derating-250 mV/K

Excitation resistor

internal

Cut-in-speed

3,000 x 1/min

Characteristic

FeaturesRpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 25°C

IG [A] at 90°C

3,000

57

40

3,500

115

93

u

4,800 g

4,000

150

125

u

210 A

5,000

188

162

u

Clockwise rotation

6,000

208

182

7,000

220

193

8,000

227

201

9,000

232

206

10,000237

210

11,000241

213

12,000243

215

14,000246

217

16,000249

219

18,000251

222

The B3 is a powerful 12 V alternator. It has a speciallywound stator, high current diodes and an extra fine balanced rotor.
The alternator and the appropriate regulator build a system to generate electrical power by consuming mechanical power, delivered by the combustion engine via abelt driven pulley. The rotation of the pulley is transmitted to the rotor that generates a rotation current in thestator. The rotating current (AC) is transformed throughthe rectifier in direct current (DC). The regulator controls the rotor current, and as consequence the alternator output through the B+ connection.
The main benefit of this alternator is the high power
output in a small low weight package. Furthermore it is
optimized concerning vibration endurance.

Application
Application

210 A

Max. ambient temperature

105°C

Max. ambient temperature(short-term)

120°C

Rotating direction

ClockwiseTechnical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Body material

Cast aluminum

Weight w/o pulley

4.8 kgMax. rotations

18,000 x 1/min

Moment of inertia

22 kg/cm2

Please note: Measured with U=13.1 V and t=20 min

Alternators and Starters | Alternators | 165

Installation Notes
Ground connection for power and regulator is through the case. Ensure that the case has a high current, low resistance connection to vehicle ground.
Operating the alternator is only permitted with the installed regulator
and a connected 12 V battery.
Output current specified at 6,000 rpm, 13.1 V, 25°C inlet temperature and alternator steady-state-temperature.
The excitation current can also be realized by an external lamp.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Alternator B3
Order number F 02U V00 646-01

Dimensions

3166 | Alternators and Starters | Alternators

Alternator GCM1

CouplingscrewsBattery B+

M6

Control lamp D+

flat-pin connector, see drawing

Internal D+ resistor

only GCM1 140 A Nascar

Characteristic 110 A

3

FeaturesRpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 90°C

2,000

0

2,500

13

3,000

37

3,500

54

4,000

65

5,000

78

6,000

88

7,000

96

8,000

102

u

3,400 g

9,000

105

u

110 to 140 A

10,000108uClockwise or anticlockwise rotation

12,000113

15,000117

18,000120This alternator is modified for motorsport demand andsplash protected. The stator windings are handmade;the rotor is extra fine balanced. The alternators are e.g.
used in Nascar. Clockwise and anticlockwise versions
are possible, modifications are available on request.

Application
Temperature range-30 to 90°C

Vibrationhigh protection

Installation without rubber mounting.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Case material

aluminum

Weight3,400 gCurrent regulator unit

integrated

Characteristic 130 A

Max. rotations

18,000 x 1/min

Rpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 90°C

Diameter

108 mm2,000

0Length without shaft stub

128 mm2,500

6Distance between mounting
points154 mm

3,000

32

3,500

51

4,000

63

Electrical Data
Rated current

110/130/140 A

5,000

80

Supply voltage

13.5 V

6,000

90

Cut-in speed

3,000 x 1/min

7,000

98

Alternators and Starters | Alternators | 167

8,000

105

9,000

111

10,000116

12,000121

15,000127

18,000131

3Installation Notes

Rpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 90°C

2,000

0

2,500

0

An external cooling can contribute to increase the performance. It will only be effective if the incoming air is
30°Kelvin cooler than the ambient air. Otherwise, the restriction of the air flow will negate any cooling benefits.
If these conditions are met, the cooling air should be
distributed over the center axis at the rear of the alternator for optimal cooling. For the cooling air to be effective we must be sure that we do not encounter any vacuum effects. If there is a vacuum effect present the useof external blower fan will be required. Care should betaken that no excessive external contaminants are introduced into the cooling air stream. This could severely
short the alternator service life. It would be prudent toperform comparative measurements on the alternator todetermine the effectiveness of the external cooling air.
Installation without rubber mounting.

3,000

1

Ordering Information

3,500

25

4,000

49

110 A anticlockwise rotation
Order number B 261 208 606-02

5,000

83

6,000

101

7,000

113

8,000

122

9,000

129

10,000135

12,000144

15,000151

18,000156

Characteristic 140 A / Nascar

110 A clockwise rotation
Order number B 261 208 607-03
130 A anticlockwise rotation
Order number B 261 208 604-02
130 A clockwise rotation
Order number B 261 208 605-02
140 A anticlockwise rotation
Order number F 01E B01 857-02
140 A clockwise rotation
Order number B 261 208 603-02
140 A Nascar clockwise rotation
Order number F 02U V00 004-05

168 | Alternators and Starters | Alternators

Dimensions

3

Design 110/ 130 /140 A

Alternators and Starters | Alternators | 169

3

Design 140 A Nascar

170 | Alternators and Starters | Starters

Starter 1.4 kW

3Featuresu

1.4 kWu3,600 x 1/min

This starter is specially constructed for motorsport demand. It is a pre-engaged drive starter; we offer it inclockwise and counter-clockwise version.
Further special versions on request.

Application
Max. temperature

150°C

Vibration

High protection

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight3,200 g

Revolutions

3,600 x 1/min

Modul

2,11

Electrical Data
Performance

Ordering Information
Starter 1.4 kW
Order number on request

1.4 kW

Alternators and Starters | Starters | 171

Dimensions

3172 | Alternators and Starters | Starters

Starter 1.7 kW

3Featuresu

1.7 kWu3,600 x 1/min

This starter is specially constructed for motorsport demand. It is a pre-engaged drive starter; we offer it inclockwise and counter-clockwise version.
Further special versions on request.

Application
Max. temperature

150 °C

Vibration

High protection

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight3,700 g

Revolutions

3,600 x 1/min

Module2,11Electrical Data
Performance

Ordering Information
Starter 1.7 kW
Order number on request

1.7 kW

Alternators and Starters | Starters | 173

Dimensions

3174 | Alternators and Starters | Starters

Starter 2.0 kW

3Featuresu

2.0 kWu4,700 x 1/min

This starter is specially constructed for motorsport demand. It is a pre-engaged drive starter; we offer it inclockwise and counter-clockwise version.
Further special versions on request.

Application
Max. temperature

150 °C

Vibration

High protection

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight

4,050 g

Revolutions

4,700 x 1/min

Module2,11Electrical Data
Performance

Ordering Information
Starter 2.0 kW
Order number on request

2.0 kW

Alternators and Starters | Starters | 175

Dimensions

3176 | Alternators and Starters | Starters3

Sensors

4

Absolute Position Sensor

178

Current Sensor

180

Dynamic Vehicle Sensors

182

Gear Shift Sensor

195

Knock Sensors

197

Lambda Sensors

201

Linear Potentiometers

213

Pressure Sensors Air

233

Pressure Sensors Fluid

249

Rotary Potentiometers

277

Speed Sensors

293

Temperature Sensors

319

Thermocouple Probes

339

Wire Potentiometers346

178 | Sensors | Absolute Position Sensor

Absolute Position Sensor APSCElectrical Data
Power supply(6.5) 10 to 17 V

Current

70 mA

Environment
Magnet for APS-C

F 02U 002 465-01

Connectors and Wires

4

Features

Connector

ASL 6-03-05PB-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-03-05SB-HE

F 02U 000 207-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

CAN+

Pin 4

CAN-

Pin 5

Calibration pinuContactless technology

SleeveDR-25

u

CAN output

Wire size

AWG 24u

Signal resolution: 0.7°

Wire length

15 to 100 cm

uWide operating temperature range

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.

This sensor is designed to measure the absolute angular
position of a still standing or rotating shaft.
The device uses Hall sensor technology to detect themagnetic flux density distribution of a magnet which ismounted frontal on the shaft. The absolute angle position value from the sensor is transmitted over CAN. The
sensor can be calibrated and configured with hard- andsoftware tools.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a contactless measuring principal, a wide temperature range and a motorsport connector.

Application
Measuring range

0 to 360°

Measuring principle

Hall-effectAngle reference type

Absolute

Signal revolution

0.703152°

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The sensor is designed to measure the absolute angle of the camshaft
e.g. quick start application.
The unit can be connected to any CAN system (1 MBaud).
The unit is secure from miss-pinning.
Before the first operation, the sensor has to be calibrated. Please connect the calibration pin to 12 V.
To meet the specifications and to avoid errors, the distance between
sensor and the magnet has to be less than 2 mm.
To avoid measurement errors, the eccentricity between sensor andmagnet has to be as small as possible (< 0.3 mm).
To change the CAN-ID of the sensor, it can be programmed by the external CAN module EM-C.
The angle position value can be set to zero via the external CAN module EM-C or by using the calibration pin.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Please note that for a correct functionality of the sensor a magnet witha material remanence of 1.03 Tesla is needed (not included, available
on request).

Fixation

3 x M5

SealingO-ringWeight w/o wire

39 g

Size w/o wire

See Dimensions

Communication

Storage temperature range-40 to 120 °C

Communication link

CAN

Operating temperature range-40 to 120 °C

Application tool

EM-C or RaceCon

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Signal output

CAN

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Sensors | Absolute Position Sensor | 179

CAN Baud rate

1 Mbaud

CAN refresh rate

700 HzOrdering Information
Absolute Position Sensor APS-C
Order number F 02U V00 086-01

Dimensions

4180 | Sensors | Current Sensor

Current Sensor CS 240

Max. continuous output current

10 mA

Typical output current

7.5 mA at 5 V

Characteristic

4

Sensitivity [G]16.67 mV/A

Output drift vs. power supply

0.5 %Power up time

25 to 110 ms

Resolution

2.5 mV at US=5 V

Output voltage

Vout=US/5 x (0.5 + G x IP); at US

Connectors and Wires

Featuresu

Current measurement up to 240 AuSingle supply voltageuVery good linearityu

No additional resistance inside the loomu

Low thermal offset and gain drift

Pin A/1 (red)DC supply voltage

Pin B/2 (blue)

GroundPin C/3 (green)

Output signal

Mating connector kit
Series type

LEM current sensor 3pol
F 02U B00 641-01

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

OutputThis sensor is developed for DC and pulsed currents
measurements. The advantage is the single power supply and no additional resistance.

Application
Application

Current 0 to 240 A [IP]Max. frequency

DC to 80 Hz at -3 db

Operating temperature range-40 to 125°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 125°C

Load resistance>10 kΩ

Output type

AnalogMax. vibration

68 m/s2 at 5 to 200 Hz

Technical Specifications
Installation Notes

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

25 g

Application Notes

Bore diameter

19 mm / 15.5 mm

Please regard the specified limit values (see Electrical Data).

Installation length37.5 mmMounting

Direct on the wire

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max. power supply

8.5 V (14 V; 1 min at 25°C)

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Sensors | Current Sensor | 181

Ordering Information
Current Sensor CS 240
Series type connector (no wire)
Order number F 02U V01 311-01
Current Sensor CS 240
With Connector ASL 6-06-05PN-HE
Order number F 02U V01 312-01
Current Sensor CS 240
Open end (flying wires)
Order number F 02U V01 312-90

Dimensions

Dimensions

Accuracy4182 | Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensors

Acceleration Sensor AM 600-2

Supply current

7 mA

Supply current max.

12 mA

Characteristic

4

Sensitivity

440 mV/g

Offset2,500 mV at 0 g

Tolerance of sensitivity±3%

Non-linearity of sensitivity±2%

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sigx

u

2 -axis

Pin 4

Sigy

u

Measurement range: ±4.5 g

Pin 5

Scr

u

5 Hz low-pass filtered

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length

15 to 100 cm

This sensor is designed to measure the physical effectsof lateral acceleration in two axes (e.g. for analysis ofacceleration and deceleration behavior of race cars).
In order to achieve this, the sensor features two measuring elements for acceleration, in two integrated circuits.
The sensing element consists of a micro machined sensor chip and an evaluation ASIC – allowing for high precision measurement applications.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
robustness in hard racing applications and high energy
efficiency.

Application

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The AM 600-2 can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Measuring range

x, y ±4.5 g

For mounting please use only the integrated fixed hole.

Max. vibration

5,000 m/s2 in operation

Storage temperature range-55 to 105°C

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

Operating temperature range-40 to 85°C

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Technical Specifications

Ordering Information

Mechanical Data

Acceleration Sensor AM 600-2
Order number B 261 209 311-04

Weight w/o wire

30 g

Size

24 x 27 x 13.5 mm

Mounting

2 x M3Tightening torque

2 NmElectrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

6V

Full scale output

2.5 = 0 g; 440 mV/g

Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensors | 183

Dimensions

4184 | Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensors

Acceleration Sensor AM 600-3

Supply current

7 mA

Supply current max.

12 mA

Characteristic

4

Sensitivity

440 mV/g

Offset2,500 mV at 0 g

Tolerance of sensitivity±3%

Non-linearity of sensitivity±2%

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Mating connector
ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sigy

u

3 -axis

Pin 4

Sigx

u

Measurement range: ±4,5 g

Pin 5

Sigz

u

5 Hz low-pass filtered

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length

15 to 100 cm

This sensor is designed to measure the physical effectsof lateral acceleration in three axes (e.g. for analysis ofacceleration and deceleration behavior of race cars).
In order to achieve this, the sensor features three measuring elements for acceleration, in three integrated circuits. The sensing element consists of a micro machined
sensor chip and an evaluation ASIC – allowing for highprecision measurement applications.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
robustness in hard racing applications and high energy
efficiency.

Application

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The AM 600-3 can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Measuring range

x, y, z ±4.5 g

For mounting please use only the integrated fixed hole.

Max. vibration

5,000 m/s in operation

Storage temperature range-55 to 105°C

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

Operating temperature range-40 to 85°C

2

Technical Specifications

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

50 g

Size

24 x 27 x 29.8 mm

Mounting

2 x M3Tightening torque

2 NmElectrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

6V

Full scale output

2.5 = 0 g; 440 mV/g

Acceleration Sensor AM 600-3
Order number B 261 209 313-02

Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensors | 185

Dimensions

4186 | Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensors

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10

Electrical Data
Power supply

7 to 18 V

Max input current

90 mA

CAN speed

1 Mbaud/s or 500 kbaud/s

CAN Message
CAN ID 01 0x174

4

Byte

Value

0

Yaw rate

1
2

Reserved

3
4

Acc Y-axis

5

Featuresu2-axis rotation rate (yaw-rate, roll-rate)u

3-axis accelerometer (X, Y, Z)u

6

Reserved

7

UnusedCAN ID 02 0x178
Byte

Value

1 Mbaud or 500 kbaud CAN-output

0

Roll rateu

15 Hz low-pass filtered1uMeasurement ranges: ±4.2 g; ±163°/s

2

The MM5.10 was designed to measure the physical effects of rotational and lineal acceleration. In order toachieve this, the sensor includes MEMS measuring elements connected to an appropriate integrated circuit.
A rotational acceleration around the integrated sensing
elements generates a Coriolis force which changes theinternal capacity of the micromachined sensing parts.
Furthermore, a pure surface micromachined element isused to measure the vehicle lineal acceleration in all 3
axis. This combination of rotational and lineal acceleration sensors enables a precise measurement of the vehicle dynamics.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of 3 lineal and 2 rotational accelerometers and its
high speed 1 Mbaud/s CAN-signal output.

Application

Reserved

3
4

Acc X-axis

5
6

Reserved

7

UnusedCAN ID 02 0x17C
Byte

Value

0

Reserved

1
2

Reserved

3

Application I±163°/s (roll rate/yaw rate)

4

Application II±4.2 g (X, Y and Z acceleration)

5

Operating temperature range-20 to 85°C

6

Reserved

Technical Specifications

7

UnusedMechanical Data

Characteristic

Acc Z-axis

Weight w/o wire

35 g

Characteristic Application I

Size

80 x 56 x 21 mm

Measuring range± 160°/s

Over range limit± 1,000°/s

Absolute resolution

0.1°/sSensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensors | 187

Cut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz

Characteristic Application II

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage and calibration sheet.
Please deliver the calibration sheet with your order placement.

Measuring range±4.2 gOver range limit±10 g

Ordering Information

Absolute resolution

0.01 gCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10 (1)Without wire
Order number F 02U V01 511-02

Connectors and Wires
Connector (1)AMP 114-18063-076

Mating connector (1)F 02U B00 435-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

CANL

Pin 3

CANH

Pin 4

UBat

Connector (3)ASL-6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector (3)ASL-0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

UBat

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

CANH

Pin 4

CANL

Pin 5

Not connected

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

CAN Parameters
Byte order

LSB (Intel)

CAN speed

1 Mbaud/s or 500 kbaud/s

Bit mask

unsigned

Offset (all signals)

0x8000 hex

Quantization Yaw Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Roll Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Acc X-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Y-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Z-ais

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Installation Notes
The MM5.10 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated fixing holes.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10 (2)Wire with open end
Order number F 02U V01 511-91
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10 (3)Wire with motorsports connector
Order number F 02U V01 512-02

4

188 | Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensors

Dimensions

4

Axis Scheme

Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensors | 189

Lean Angle Sensor LAS-1

CAN Message
CAN ID 01 0x174
Byte

Value

0

Yaw Rate

1
2

Yaw STAT

3

Reserved

4

Acc Y

5
6

Acc Y STAT

7

UnusedCAN ID 02 0x178

Features

Byte

Value

0

Roll Rate

1u

Yaw-rate, roll-rate and acceleration measurementsu2-axis accelerometeru

CAN-output

u

15 Hz low-pass filteredu

Measurement ranges: ±4.1 g; ±160°/s

2Roll STAT

3

Reserved

4

Acc X

5

This sensor is designed to measure the acceleration andthe rate of turn in two axis (yaw rate Ωz, roll rate Ωx, lateral acceleration ay and longitudinal acceleration az).
An internal diagnosis indicates too high vibrations orturning rates. In combination with a MS 5 ECU and its
algorithm a very precise lean angle of motorcycles canbe calculated.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is its widemeasuring range, the standardized 1 Mbaud CAN- signal
output and the combination of high quality production
part and robust design.

Application

6

AccX STAT

7

UnusedCharacteristic
Characteristic Application I
Measuring range± 160°/s

Over range limit± 1,000°/s

Absolute resolution

0.1°/sCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz

Characteristic Application II
Measuring range±4.1 gApplication I±160°/s (roll rate/yaw rate)

Over range limit±10 g

Application II±4.1 g (X and Y acceleration)

Absolute resolution

0.01 gOperating temperature range-20 to 85°C

Cut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz

Technical Specifications

Connectors and Wires

Mechanical Data

Connector

AMP 114-18063-076

Weight w/o wire

96 g

Mating connector

F 02U B00 240-01

Size

33 x 98 x 91 mm

Pin 1

GND

Pin 2

CANL

Pin 3

CANH

Pin 4

UBAT

Electrical Data
Power supply

7 to 18 V

Max input current

200 mA

Power up time

< 150 ms

4

190 | Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensors

CAN Parameters

4

Byte order

Little endian, high-byte/lowbyte, IntelCAN speed

1 MBaud

CAN refresh rate

10 ms

Identifier length

11 bitBit mask

signedOffset (all signals)

0x8000 hex

Quantization Yaw Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Roll Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Acc X-Axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Y-Axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Conversion formula
Yaw rate [°/s] = (Hex-value – 8000 h) * 0.005 [°/s/digit]
Roll rate [°/s] = (Hex-value – 8000 h) * 0.005 [°/s/digit]

Bit combination of sensor status
Yaw_STAT, Roll_STAT, AccY_STAT and ACCX_STAT
Xx00 xxxx = signal in specification
Xx01 xxxx = sensor not available
Xx10 xxxx = signal failure
Xx11 xxxx = reserved
X1xx xxxx = initialization is running
X0xx xxxx = initialization is ready1xxx xxxx = reserved
0xxx xxxx = reserved

Installation Notes
Important: In order not to exceed the maximum vibration level, themount should be damped and not resonate.
For measuring the yaw and roll rate the LAS-1 can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.
The lean angle of motorcycles can be calculated in a MS 5 with motorcycle functionality.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated fixing holes.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Lean Angle Sensor LAS-1
Order number F 02U V00 657-01

Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensors | 191

Dimensions

4192 | Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensors

Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3

Electrical Data
Power supply

7 to 18 V

Max input current

130 mACAN speed

1 Mbaud/s

CAN Message
CAN_ID_01 0x70

4

Byte

Value

0

Yaw Rate 1

1
2

Reserved

3
4

Acc Y-axis

5

Features6

Reserved

7

Unusedu

Yaw rate and acceleration measurementu

CAN output

Byte

Value

u

15 Hz low-pass filtered0

Yaw Angular Accelerationu

Measurement ranges: ±4.1 g; ±160°/s

1

CAN_ID_02 0x80

This sensor is designed to measure the physical effectsof yawing, lateral and longitudinal acceleration. In orderto achieve this, the sensor features both a measuring element for yaw rate and two for acceleration, with one
appropriate integrated circuit.
A rotation around the third orthogonal axis, a yaw rate,
creates a Coriolis force on the accelerometers, which isdetected by the element. Apart from the measuring element for yaw rate, a pure surface micro machined measuring element for acceleration is utilized to measure thevehicles lateral and longitudinal acceleration. This enables a very precise application.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is its widemeasuring range, the standardized 1 Mbaud/s CAN-signal output and the combination of high quality production part and robust design.

2

Application

Reserved

3
4

Acc X-axis

5
6

Reserved

7

UnusedCharacteristic
Characteristic Application I
Measuring range±160 °/s

Over range limit±1,000 °/s

Absolute resolution

0.1 °/s
15 Hz

Application I±160°/sCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

Application II±4.1 gCharacteristic Application I I

Operating temperature range-40 to 85°C

Measuring range±4.1 gOver range limit±10 g

Absolute resolution

0.01 gCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

65 g

Size

34 x 80 x 84 mm

Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensors | 193

Connectors and Wires
Connector

AMP 114-18063-076

Mating connector
4-pole DRS

F 02U B00 435-01 (connectorkit)
F 02U 002 460-01 (connector
housing)

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

CANL

Pin 3

CANH

Pin 4

UBat

CAN Parameters
Byte order

LSB (Intel)

CAN speed

1 MBaud/s

Bit mask

signedOffset (all signals)

0x8000 hex

Quantization Yaw Rate 1

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Yaw Ang. Acc

0.125 [°/s2/digit]

Quantization Acc X-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Y-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Installation Notes
The YRS 3 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
The sensor is protected against reverse polarity and short-circuits.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated fixing holes.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3
Order number 0 265 005 838

4194 | Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensors

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Gear Shift Sensor | 195

Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2

Electrical Data
Power supply

12 V

Characteristic
Signal Output

0,5 to 4,5 V

Zero Output

2,5 V

Connectors and Wires

Featuresu

Strain gauge technologyuMeasurement range: -450 to 450 Nu

Analog output

This sensor is designed to measure force relative to gear
shifting in order to control the engine operation allowing the driver to maintain no-lift-shift/full throttle during
shifting (up and down).
A circuit of precise resistors and an integrated amplifier
supply a force dependent output voltage signal. As soon
as this signal exceeds a certain threshold value in the
ECU, the ignition and injection can be adjusted automatically according to the individual ECU application.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of high quality production part and robust design
with metal housing and motorsport spec connection.
Furthermore this sensor has a dual way functionality.

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Sensor voltage
Force (N)Voltage (V)

450

4.673

360

4.225

270

3.797

180

3.397

90

2.941

0

2.538

-90

2.141

Technical Specifications

-180

1.672

Mechanical Data

-270

1.255

Application
Measuring range-450 to 450 N

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 at 5 Hz to 2 kHz

Operating temperature range

0 to 80°C

Weight w/o wire

90 g

-360

0.820

Size

65 x 16 x 16 mm

-450

0.402

Mounting

2 x M10 x 1

Tightening torque22 Nm

Mech. range programmable up
to

450 N

Fmax

800 N

Mech. load limit

1800 NMax. cycles at 300 N

300,000 cycles

4196 | Sensors | Gear Shift Sensor

Installation Notes
The GSS-2 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated thread.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2
Order number B 261 209 227-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Knock Sensors | 197

Knock Sensor KS-P

FeaturesuEngine vibration measurementsu

Measurement range 1 to 20 kHzuuElectrical Data
Range of frequency

1 to 20 kHz

Sensitivity at 5 kHz

26 ± 8 mV/g

Max. sensitivity changing (lifetime)-17 %Linearity between 5 to 15 kHz(from 5 kHz value)-10 to 20 %Linearity between 15 to 20 kHz(linear increasing with freq)

20 to 50 %Main resonance frequency> 25 kHz

Impedance> 1 MΩ

Temperature dependence ofsensitivity

0,06 mV/g°C

Capacity field

800 to 1400 pF

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Y 280 A62 566A

Robust design

Connector loom
2-pole Compact

D 261 205 337-01

Integrated series connector

Pin 1

Sig+

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Scr

This sensor is used for detecting structural born vibrations in spark ignition engines due to uncontrolled combustion. This sensor is suitable for operation in extreme
conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, the sensor moves
in correlation to the engine block vibration; this motion
results in a compressive force which is converted into a
voltage signal via a piezoceramic sensor element. As aresult, upper and lower voltage thresholds can be defined directly correlating to an acceleration magnitude.
The main benefits of this sensor are its robust mechanical design, compact housing and precise determinationof structure-related noise. The small packaging is accomplished by integrating the connector directly to thesensor.

Application

Installation Notes
The KS-P can be connected to all Bosch Motorsport ECUs featuringknock control
The sensor must rest directly on the brass compression sleeve during
operation.
To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor to the measurement
location, the contact surface must be clean and properly machined toprovide a secure flush mounting.
The sensor wire is to be routed such that no resonance vibration canoccur.

Application

1 to 20 kHz

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Operating temperature range-40 to 130°C

Ordering Information

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread (for cast)

M8x25

Male thread (for AI)

M8x30

Installation torque

20±5 Nm

Weight w/o wire

48 gProtection

IP 54

Knock Sensor KS-P
Order number 0 261 231 120

4

198 | Sensors | Knock Sensors

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Knock Sensors | 199

Knock Sensor KS-R

Features

Electrical Data
Range of frequency

1 to 20 kHz

Sensitivity at 5 kHz

26 ± 8 mV/g

Max. sensitivity changing (lifetime)-17 %Linearity between 5 to 15 kHz(from 5 kHz value)-10 to 20 %Linearity between 15 to 20 kHz(linear increasing with freq)

20 to 50 %Main resonance frequency> 25 kHz

Impedance> 1 MΩ

Temperature dependence ofsensitivity

0,06 mV/g°C

Capacity field

800 to 1400 pF

Connectors and Wiresu

Engine vibration measurements

Connector

A 261 230 076

uMeasurement range 1 to 20 kHz

D 261 205 289-01

uRobust design

Mating connector
3-pole Jetronic
Pin 1

Sig +

Pin 2

Sig -

Pin 3

Scr

SleeveElastomer

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

50 cm

This sensor is used for detecting structural born vibrations in spark ignition engines due to uncontrolled combustion. This sensor is suitable for operation in extreme
conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, the sensor moves
in correlation to the engine block vibration; this motion
results in a compressive force which is converted into a
voltage signal via a piezoceramic sensor element. As aresult, upper and lower voltage thresholds can be defined directly correlating to an acceleration magnitude.
The main benefits of this sensor are its robust mechanical design, compact housing and precise determinationof structure-related noise. Connection to this sensor canbe tailored to customer requirements through specified
wire lengths and various connector options.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.

Installation Notes
The KS-P can be connected to all Bosch Motorsport ECUs featuringknock control
The sensor must rest directly on the brass compression sleeve during
operation.

Application
Application

1 to 20 kHz

Operating temperature range-40 to 130°C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2

To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor to the measurement
location, the contact surface must be clean and properly machined toprovide a secure flush mounting.
The sensor wire is to be routed such that no resonance vibration canoccur.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Ordering Information

Male thread (for cast)

M8x25

Male thread (for AI)

M8x30

Installation torque20 ± 5 Nm

Weight w/o wire

82 g

Protection

IP 54

Knock Sensor KS-R
Order number 0 261 231 047

4

200 | Sensors | Knock Sensors

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 201

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2

Cable and protective sleeve temperature< 250°C

Connector temperature< 120°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

120 g

Length84 mm

Thread

M18x1.5

Wrench size

22 mmTightening torque

40 to 60 Nm

4

Electrical Data
Featuresu

Application: lambda 0.65 to ∞u

Wide-bandu

Exhaust gas temperature range (max.) for shorttime < 1,030°C

uMax. Hexagon temperature 570°C

This sensor is designed to measure the proportion ofoxygen in exhaust gases of automotive engines (gasoline
or Diesel).
The wide band lambda sensor LSU 4.2 is a planar ZrO2
dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated heater.
Its monotonic output signal in the range of lambda 0.65
to air makes the LSU capable of being used as a universal sensor for lambda 1 measurement as well as for other lambda ranges. The connector module contains a
trimming resistor, which defines the characteristic of
the sensor.
The main benefit of the LSU is the very robust design
combined with the high Bosch production quality standard.
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a
special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs
and lambda control units like LT4. You’ll find this unit
and more on our homepage at Accessories/Expansion
Modules.

Application
Application

lambda 0.65 to ∞Fuel compatibility

gasoline/Diesel

Exhaust gas temperature range(operating)

930°C

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.) for short time

< 1,030°C

Hexagon temperature< 570°C

Power supply H+ nominal

9V

Heater power steady state

10 W

Heater control frequency>2 Hz

Nominal resistance of Nernst cell80 ΩMax. current load for Nernst cell10(DC)/250(AC) μA

Characteristic
Signal output

IP measAccuracy at lambda 0.8

0.80 ± 0.01

Accuracy at lambda 1

1.016 ± 0.007

Accuracy at lambda 1.7

1.70 ± 0.05

IP [mA]

lambdaUA [V], v=17

-1.85

0.70

-

-1.08

0.80

0.364

-0.76

0.85

0.700

-0.47

0.90

1.005

0.00

1.009

1.500

0.34

1.18

1.858

0.68

1.43

2.216

0.95

1.70

2.500

1.40

2.42

2.973

2.55

Air

4.183

Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but theoutput of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen content of the exhaust gas.

Heater Strategy
TSensor [°C]

-40

-10

20

50

UH, eff, max (t=0) [V]

8,5

9,5

10,5

10,5

202 | Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Connectors and Wires

4

Connector

Y 928 K00 050

Mating connector

D 261 205 138-01

Pin 1

IP/APE

Pin 2

UN/RE

Pin 3

VM/IPN

Pin 4

Uh-/H-

Pin 5

Uh+/H

Pin 6

IA/RT

Wire length L

60.0 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Installation Notes
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a special LSUIC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units likeLT4. You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at Accessories/
Expansion Modules.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust -gas mixture, which does
not exceed the maximum permissible temperature.
Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.
Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).
The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so thatthe influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks inorder to avoid the effects of leak -air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water.
The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any otherforms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease for lubricating
the thread.
Please find further installation notes in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2
Order number 0 258 006 065

Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 203

Dimensions

4204 | Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9

Wire and protective sleeve temperature< 250°C

Connector temperature< 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Variations

4

LSU 4.9 with automotive connector

Featuresu

Application: lambda 0.65 to ∞u

Wide bandu

Exhaust gas temperature range (max.) for shorttime < 1,030°C

uMax. Hexagon temperature 600°C

This sensor is designed to measure the proportion ofoxygen in exhaust gases of automotive engines (gasoline
or Diesel).
The wide band lambda sensor LSU 4.9 is a planar ZrO2
dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated heater.
Its monotonic output signal in the range of lambda 0.65
to air makes the LSU 4.9 capable of being used as a universal sensor for lambda 1 measurement as well as forother lambda ranges. The connector module contains a
trimming resistor, which defines the characteristic of
the sensor.
The main benefit of the LSU 4.9 is the robust design
combined with the high Bosch production quality standard.
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a
special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs
and lambda control units like LT4. You’ll find this unit
and more on our homepage at Accessories/Expansion
Modules.

Application
Application

lambda 0.65 to ∞Fuel compatibility

gasoline/Diesel/E85

Exhaust gas pressure< 4 barExhaust gas temperature range(operating)< 930°C

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.) for short time

< 1,030°C

Hexagon temperature< 600°C

Connector

1 928 404 682

Mating connector

D 261 205 356-01

Pin 1

IP / APE

Pin 2

VM / IPN

Pin 3

Uh- / H-

Pin 4

Uh+ / H

Pin 5

IA / RT

Pin 6

UN / RE

Wire length L

95.0 cm

LSU 4.9 with motorsports connector
Connector

AS 6-07-35PN

Mating connector

AS 0-07-35SN

Pin 1

Uh+ / H

Pin 2

Uh- / H-

Pin 3

IP / APE

Pin 4

VM / IPN

Pin 5

UN / RE

Pin 6

IA / RT

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

120 g

Length84 mm

Thread

M18x1.5

Wrench size

22 mmTightening torque

40 to 60 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply H+ nominal

7.5 V

System supply voltage

10.8 V to 16.5 V

Heater power steady state

7.5 W

Heater control frequency≥ 100 Hz

Nominal resistance of Nernst cell

300 ΩMax current load for Nernst cell

250 µA

Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 205

Characteristic

Heater Strategy

Signal output

IP measAccuracy at lambda 0.8

0.80 ± 0.01

Accuracy at lambda 1

1.016 ± 0.007

Accuracy at lambda 1.7

1.70 ± 0.05

IP [mA]

lambdaUA [V], v=17

UA [V], v=8-2.000

0.650

-

0.510

-1.602

0.700

-

0.707

-1.243

0.750

0.192

0.884

-0.927

0.800

0.525

1.041

-0.800

0.822

0.658

1.104

-0.652

0.850

0.814

1.177

-0.405

0.900

1.074

1.299

-0.183

0.950

1.307

1.409

-0.106

0.970

1.388

1.448

-0.040

0.990

1.458

1.480

0

1.003

1.500

1.500

0.015

1.010

1.515

1.507

0.097

1.050

1.602

1.548

0.193

1.100

1.703

1.596

0.250

1.132

1.763

1.624

0.329

1.179

1.846

1.663

0.671

1.429

2.206

1.832

0.938

1.701

2.487

1.964

1.150

1.990

2.710

2.069

1.385

2.434

2.958

2.186

1.700

3.413

3.289

2.342

2.000

5.391

3.605

2.490

2.150

7.506

3.762

2.565

2.250

10.119

3.868

2.614

U
13 V

8.5 V
1.5 V

Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but theoutput of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen content of the exhaust gas. Amplification factor v=17 is typically used forlean applications (lambda>1), amplification factor v=8 is typicallyused for rich applications (lambda<1).

4

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Please see variations

Mating connector

Please see variations

Sleevefiber glass / silicone coated

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length

Please see variations

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Installation Notes
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a special LSUIC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units likeLT4. You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at Accessories/
Expansion Modules.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture, which does notexceed the maximum permissible temperature.
Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.
Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).
The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so thatthe influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks inorder to avoid the effects of leak-air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water.
The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any otherforms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease for lubricating
the thread.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9
With automotive connector, wire length 95 cm
Order number 0 258 017 025
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9
With motorsports connector. Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Order number B 261 209 356-05

206 | Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 207

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9D

Wire and protective sleeve temperature< 250°C

Connector temperature< 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

120 g

Length84 mm

Thread

M18x1.5

Wrench size

22 mmTightening torque

40 to 60 Nm

4

Electrical Data
FeaturesuLambda control for Diesel enginesu

Wide bandu

Exhaust gas temperature range (max.) for shorttime < 1,030°C

uMax. Hexagon temperature 600°C

This sensor is designed to measure the proportion ofoxygen in exhaust gases of automotive engines (gasoline
or Diesel). Due to its protective tube the LSU 4.9D is especially designed for Diesel applications.
The wide band lambda sensor LSU 4.9D is a planar ZrO2
dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated heater.
Its monotonic output signal in the range of lambda =0.65 to air makes the LSU capable of being used as auniversal sensor for lambda = 1 measurement as well as
for other lambda ranges. The connector module contains a trimming resistor, which defines the characteristic of the sensor.
The main benefit of the LSU is the robust design combined with the high Bosch production quality standard.
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a
special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs
and lambda control units like LT4. You’ll find this unit
and more on our homepage at Accessories/Expansion
Modules.

Application
Application

lambda 0.65 to ∞Fuel compatibility

DieselExhaust gas pressure< 4 barExhaust gas temperature range(operating)< 930°C

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.) for short time

< 1,030°C

Hexagon temperature< 600°C

Power supply H+ nominal

7.5 V

System supply voltage

10.8 V to 16.5 V

Heater power steady state

7.5 W

Heater control frequency≥ 100 Hz

Nominal resistance of Nernst cell

300 ΩMax current load for Nernst cell

250 µA

Characteristic
Signal output

IP measAccuracy at lambda = 0.8

0.80 ±0.01

Accuracy at lambda = 1

1.016 ±0.007

Accuracy at lambda = 1.7

1.70 ±0.05

IP [mA]

lambdaUA [V], v=17

UA [V], v=8-2.000

0.650

-

0.510

-1.602

0.700

-

0.707

-1.243

0.750

0.192

0.884

-0.927

0.800

0.525

1.041

-0.800

0.822

0.658

1.104

-0.652

0.850

0.814

1.177

-0.405

0.900

1.074

1.299

-0.183

0.950

1.307

1.409

-0.106

0.970

1.388

1.448

-0.040

0.990

1.458

1.480

0

1.003

1.500

1.500

0.015

1.010

1.515

1.507

0.097

1.050

1.602

1.548

0.193

1.100

1.703

1.596

0.250

1.132

1.763

1.624

208 | Sensors | Lambda Sensors

4

0.329

1.179

1.846

1.663

Installation Notes

0.671

1.429

2.206

1.832

0.938

1.701

2.487

1.964

1.150

1.990

2.710

2.069

This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a special LSUIC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units likeLT4. You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at Accessories/
Expansion Modules.

1.385

2.434

2.958

2.186

1.700

3.413

3.289

2.342

The lambda sensor should be installed at a point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture, which does notexceed the maximum permissible temperature.

2.000

5.391

3.605

2.490

Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.

2.150

7.506

3.762

2.565

Observe the maximum permissible temperature.

2.250

10.119

3.868

2.614

As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).

Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but theoutput of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen content of the exhaust gas. Amplification factor v=17 is typically used forlean applications (lambda>1), amplification factor v=8 is typicallyused for rich applications (lambda<1).

The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so thatthe influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks inorder to avoid the effects of leak-air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water.

Heater Strategy
TSensor [°C]

-40

-10

20

50

UH, eff, max (t=0) [V]

8,5

9,5

10,5

10,5

The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any otherforms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease for lubricating
the thread.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

U

Ordering Information

13 V

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9D
Order number 0 281 004 135

8.5 V
1.5 V

Connectors and Wires
Connector

1 928 404 687

Mating connector

on request

Pin 1

IP / APE

Pin 2

VM / IPN

Pin 3

Uh- / H-

Pin 4

Uh+ / H

Pin 5

IA / RT

Pin 6

UN / RE

Sleevefiber glas / silicone coated

Wire length L

30 to 100 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 209

Dimensions4210 | Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

4Exhaust gas temperature range(max.) for short time

< 1,030°C

Hexagon temperature≤ 700°C

Wire and protective sleeve temperature< 250°C

Connector temperature< 150°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2 (see Installation
Notes)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
FeaturesWeight w/o wire

28 gLength60 mm

uApplication: lambda 0.65 to ∞Thread

M16x1.5uWide band

Wrench size

17 mm

u

Inconel sensor housing

Tightening torque

60 Nm

u

Exhaust gas temperature range (max.) for shorttime < 1,030°C

Electrical Datau

Max. Hexagon temperature 700°C

This sensor is designed to measure the proportion ofoxygen in exhaust gases of automotive engines (gasoline
or Diesel).
The wide band lambda sensor Mini-LSU 4.9 is a planar
ZrO2 dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated
heater. Its monotonic output signal in the range of lambda = 0.65 to air makes the LSU capable of being used asa universal sensor for lambda = 1 measurement as well
as for lean and rich ranges.
The connector housing contains a trimming resistor,
which defines the characteristic of the sensor. The main
benefit of the Mini-LSU 4.9 is its very compact design in
combination with the high Bosch production quality
standard. The Mini-LSU is produced and tested in a
handmade process.
The complete light weight housing is made of Inconel
which makes it resistant against high temperatures. The
sensor element is more than 50 % smaller than it is in
the production lambda sensor. It is connected over silver coated steel cables to make it more reliable against
vibrations.
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a
special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs
and lambda control units like LT4. You’ll find this unit
and more on our homepage at Accessories/Expansion
Modules.

Application

Power supply H+ nominal

7.5 V

System supply voltage H+ (min)10.8 V

Heater power steady state

7.5 W

Heater control frequency

100 HzNominal resistance of Nernst cell300 ΩMax. current load for Nernst cell

250 µA

Characteristic
Signal output

IP measAccuracy at lambda 0.8

0.80 ± 0.01

Accuracy at lambda 1

1.016 ± 0.007

Accuracy at lambda 1.7

1.70 ± 0.05

IP [mA]

lambdaUA [V], v=17

UA [V], v=8-2.000

0.650

-

0.510

-1.602

0.700

-

0.707

-1.243

0.750

0.192

0.884

-0.927

0.800

0.525

1.041

-0.800

0.822

0.658

1.104

-0.652

0.850

0.814

1.177

-0.405

0.900

1.074

1.299

Application

lambda 0.65 to ∞-0.183

0.950

1.307

1.409

Fuel compatibility

gasoline/Diesel/E85-0.106

0.970

1.388

1.448

Exhaust gas pressure< 4 bar-0.040

0.990

1.458

1.480

Exhaust gas temperature range(operating)< 930°C

0

1.003

1.500

1.500

0.015

1.010

1.515

1.507

Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 211

0.097

1.050

1.602

1.548

Connectors and Wires

0.193

1.100

1.703

1.596

Connector

1 928 404 682

0.250

1.132

1.763

1.624

Connector loom

on request

0.329

1.179

1.846

1.663

Pin 1

IP/APE

0.671

1.429

2.206

1.832

Pin 2

VM/IPN

0.938

1.701

2.487

1.964

Pin 3

Uh-/M-

1.150

1.990

2.710

2.069

Pin 4

Uh+/M+

1.385

2.434

2.958

2.186

Pin 5

IA/RT

1.700

3.413

3.289

2.342

Pin 6

UN/RE

2.000

5.391

3.605

2.490

Sleevefiber glass / silicone coated

2.150

7.506

3.762

2.565

Wire size

AWG 22

2.250

10.119

3.868

2.614

Wire length L

30 to 100 cm

Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but theoutput of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen content of the exhaust gas. Amplification factor v=17 is typically used forlean applications (lambda>1), amplification factor v=8 is typicallyused for rich applications (lambda<1).

Heater Strategy

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a special LSUIC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units likeLT4. You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at Accessories/
Expansion Modules.

U
13 V

11.62 VThe lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture and which does
not exceed the maximum permissible temperature.
= 0.15 V/sInstall at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.

7.53 V
1.5 V

Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
Sensors should be installed as close to vertical as possible (wire upwards).

Resistance/LSU Temperature

The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so thatthe influence of the outside air can be ruled out.

R (Ohm)Temp (°C)

80

1030

150

888

200

840

250

806

300

780

350

761

400

744

450

729

Ordering Information

550

703

650

686

Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9
Order number B 258 490 103-20

800

665

1000

642

1200

628

2500

567

The exhaust system up stand and surrounding the sensor must be
sealed in order to avoid the effects of leakage air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water. The sensor is not to be
painted, nor is wax to be applied or any other forms of treatment. Use
only the recommended grease for lubricating the thread.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
A higher maximum vibration profile is possible and should be determined by the customer’s individual application.

4

212 | Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 213

Linear Potentiometer LP 10

Connectors and Wires
Connector

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN

Connector loom
KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

F 02U 000 115-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.

Features

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

u

Measurement range 0 to 10 mm

Installation Notesu

Low power consumptionuCompact design

The LP 10 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.

The LP 10 is a short length linear potentiometer which
is designed to measure the relative position of two point
e.g. the stabilizer movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with a hard metal housing and low power consumption.

Application
Application

0 to 10 mm

Temperature range-20 to 85°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 85°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

70 gMin. length

50 mm

Mounting

2 x M3Tightening torque

2 NmElectrical Data
Power supply

5V

Nominal resistance

1 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

20 %Non-linearity

1%

Max. current

1 mA

Optional mounting modifications are available.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Comes with a spring return shaft.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Linear Potentiometer LP 10
Order number B 261 209 535-01

4

214 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 215

Linear Potentiometer LP 25

Features

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05SA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05PA-HE

F 02U 000 232-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 20 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.

uMeasurement range 0 to 25 mmuAluminum housingu

Low power consumption

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes

The LP 25 is a linear potentiometer which is designed tomeasure the relative position of two point e.g. the gear
position, throttle position or suspension movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing andlow power consumption.

Application
Application

0 to 25 mm

Temperature range-40 to 85°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

68 g

Min. length

147 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP65

Max. shaft velocity

1 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

22 V

Nominal resistance

1 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.25 %The LP 25 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.
Optional mounting modifications are available.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Comes with a spring return shaft.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Linear Potentiometer LP 25
Order number B 261 209 547

4216 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 217

Linear Potentiometer
LP 25 twin

Featuresu

Measurement range 0 to 25 mmuDouble outputuAluminum housing

Connectors and Wires
Connector

AS 6-07-35PN

Connector loom
AS 0-07-35SN

F 02U 000 238-01

Pin 1

US 1

Pin 2

Gnd 1

Pin 3

Sig 1

Pin 4

US 2

Pin 5

Gnd 2

Pin 6

Sig 2

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes

The LP 25 twin is a linear potentiometer which is designed to measure the relative position of two point e.g.
the gear position, throttle position or suspension movement and for use in electronic throttle control systems.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving ends to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing, lowpower consumption and infinite resolution.

The LP 25 twin can be connected directly to most electronic control
units and data logging systems.

Application

Linear Potentiometer LP 25 twin
Order number B 261 209 858-01

Application

0 to 25 mm

Temperature range-30 to 100°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

60 gMin. length

95 mmMounting

Ø 3 mmProtection

IP66

Max. shaft velocity< 10 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

22 V

Nominal resistance

1 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.25 %

Application where redundant signals are necessary to ensure systemruns failsafe.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information

4

218 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 219

Linear Potentiometer LP 50

Non-linearity

0.25 %

Max. current

1 mA

Connectors and Wires

Featuresu

Measurement range: 0 to 50 mmuAluminum housingu

Low power consumption

Connector

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN

Mating connector
KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

F 02U 000 115-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes

The LP 50 is a linear potentiometer which is designed tomeasure the relative position of two point e.g. the gear
position, throttle position or suspension movement.
The operating mode of this sensor is based on the linear
tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between the moving end to the wiper is proportional
to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing, lowpower consumption and infinite resolution.

The LP 50 can be connected directly to the most electronic control
units and data logging systems.

Application

Linear Potentiometer LP 50
Order number B 261 209 133-01

Application

0 to 50 mm

Temperature range-40 to 105°C

Storage temperature range-55 to 125°C

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 at 10 to 500 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

27 gMin. length

172 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP64

Max. shaft velocity

1.5 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

42 V

Nominal resistance

4.7 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

20 %Ball joints at shaft end and case.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information

4220 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 221

Linear Potentiometer
LP 50 twin

Featuresu

Measurement range: 0 to 50 mm

uDouble outputuAluminum housing

Connectors and Wires
Connector

AS 6-07-35PN

Connector loom
AS 0-07-35SN

F 02U 000 238-01

Pin 1

US 1

Pin 2

Gnd 1

Pin 3

Sig 1

Pin 4

US 2

Pin 5

Gnd 2

Pin 6

Sig 2

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes

The LP 50 twin is a linear potentiometer which is designed to measure the relative position of two point e.g.
the gear position, throttle position or suspension movement and for use in electronic throttle control systems.
It works base on the linear tape potentiometer principle
where the distance traveled between the moving end to
the wiper is proportional to the resistance between
them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing, lowpower consumption and infinite resolution.

The LP 50 twin can be connected directly to most electronic control
units and data logging systems.

Application

Linear Potentiometer LP 50 twin
Order number B 261 209 859-01

Application

0 to 50 mm

Temperature range-30 to 100°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

66 gMin. length

120 mmMounting

Ø 3 mmProtection

IP66

Max. shaft velocity< 10 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

< 45 V

Nominal resistance2 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.25 %

Application where redundant signals are necessary to ensure systemruns failsafe.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information

4222 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 223

Linear Potentiometer LP 75

Features

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.

uMeasurement range: 0 to 75 mm

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

u

Aluminum housing

Installation Notesu

Low power consumption

The LP 75 is a linear potentiometer which is designed tomeasure the relative position of two point e.g. the gear
position, throttle position or suspension movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with hard metal housing and low power consumption.

Application
Application

0 to 75 mm

Temperature range-30 to 100°C

Max. vibration

126 m/s2 at 10 to 12 kHz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

78 gMin. length

223.6 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP66

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

67 V

Nominal resistance3 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.15 %The LP 75 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.
Ball joints at shaft end and case.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Linear Potentiometer LP 75
Order number B 261 209 856-01

4224 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 225

Linear Potentiometer LP 75F

Connectors and Wires
Connector

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN-A34

Mating connector
KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

F 02U 000 115-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.

Features

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

u

Measurement range: 0 to 75 mmuAluminum housingu

Low power consumption

Installation Notes
The LP 75F can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.

The LP 75F is a linear potentiometer which is designed
to measure the relative position of two point e.g. thegear position, throttle position or suspension movement.
The operating mode of this sensor is based on the linear
tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between the moving end to the wiper is proportional
to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its compact and lightweight
design together with its wider operating temperature
range

Application
Application

0 to 75 mm

Temperature range-30 to 100°C

Max. vibration

126 m/s2 at 10 to 12 kHz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

78 gMin. length

223.6 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP66

Max. shaft velocity

10 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

67 V

Nominal resistance3 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.15 %

Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Linear Potentiometer LP 75F
Order number B 261 209 852-01

4

226 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 227

Linear Potentiometer LP 100

Non-linearity

0.15 %

Power supply

5V

Connectors and Wires

Featuresu

Measurement range: 0 to 100 mmuAluminum housingu

Low power consumption

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.

The LP 100 is a linear potentiometer which is designed
to measure the relative position of two points e.g. thegear position, throttle position or suspension movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing, lowpower consumption and infinite resolution.

Application
Application

0 to 100 mm

Temperature range-30 to 100°C

Max. vibration

126 m/s2 at 10 to 12kHz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

85 gMin. length [L1]

227 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP66

Max. shaft velocity

10 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

74 V

Nominal resistance4 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The LP 100 can be connected directly with most electronic control
units and data logging systems.
Ball joints at shaft end and case.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Linear Potentiometer LP 100
Order number B 261 209 857-01

4228 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 229

Linear Potentiometer LP 100F

Connectors and Wires
Connector

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN-A34

Connector loom
KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

F 02U 000 115-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.

Features

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

u

Measurement range: 0 to 100 mmuAluminum housingu

Low power consumption

Installation Notes
The LP 100F can be connected directly to most electronic control
units and data logging systems.

The LP 100F is a linear potentiometer which is designed
to measure the relative position of two point e.g. thegear position, throttle position or suspension movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its compact and lightweight
design together with its wider operating temperature
range.

Application
Application

0 to 100 mm

Temperature range-30 to 85°C

Max. vibration

126 m/s2 at 10 to 12 kHz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

85 gMin. length [L1]

220 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP65

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

74 V

Nominal resistance4 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.15 %

Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
The LP 100F can be connected directly to most electronic control
units and data logging systems.

Ordering Information
Linear Potentiometer LP 100F
Order number B 261 209 853-01

4

230 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 231

Linear Potentiometer LP 150

Features

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cmu

Measurement range: 0 to 150 mm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.

uAluminum housing

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

u

Low power consumption

Installation Notes

The LP 150 is a linear potentiometer which is designed
to measure the relative position of two point e.g. thegear position, throttle position or suspension movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing, lowpower consumption and infinite resolution

The LP 150 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.
Ball joints at shaft end and case.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Linear Potentiometer LP 150
Order number B 261 209 534-01

Application
Application

0 to 150 mm

Temperature range-40 to 85°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

118 gMin. length

282 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP65

Max. shaft velocity

1 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

130 V

Nominal resistance

6 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.15 %

4

232 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 233

Pressure Sensor Air PSA-B

Tolerance (FS)± 1.4 %

± 1.36 %Sensitivity

4,048 mV/bar

1,848 mV/bar

Offset-4.8 mV

30.4 mV

Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Fitting

12.05 mm

Weight w/o wire

17 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data

FeaturesPower supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max. power supply

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA

CharacteristicuAbsolute air pressure measurements

Response time T10/90

1 ms

u

Measurement range 0.1 to 1.15 bar or 0.2 to 2.5
barCompensated range

10 to 85°C

Analog output

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V

Please see variationsuTolerance (FS)

Please see variations

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline or Diesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element and electronic systems for signal-amplificationand temperature-compensation. The output of the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal.
Two different pressure ranges are available (0.1 to 1.15
bar or 0.2 to 2.5 bar).
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of both high quality production part and motorsport connector.

Tolerance 0.1 to 1.15 bar

Application
Application

Please see variations

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

280 m/s2 at 200 Hz, 125 m/s2 at
440 Hz, sine

Technical Specifications
Variations

Tolerance (FS) at US=5V

PSA-B (0.1 to 1.15
bar)

PSA-B (0.2 to 2.50
bar)

± 0.016 bar± 0.034 bar

Tolerance 0.2 to 2.5 bar

4234 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Expansion of Tolerance

Adapter for PSA-B
Order number B 261 209 725-01

4Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The PSA-B is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22
and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau = 2ms) is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
PSA-B
0.1 to 1.15 bar
Order number B 261 209 702-01
PSA-B
0.2 to 2.5 bar
Order number B 261 209 710-01

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 235

Dimensions

4236 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Pressure Sensor Air PSA-C

Tolerance (FS)± 1.33 %± 1.36 %Sensitivity

5,000 mV/bar

1,848 mV/bar

Offset-600 mV

30 mV

Mechanical Data

4

Mounting

M6

Fitting

6 mm

Weight w/o wire

40 g

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max.

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic
FeaturesResponse time T10/90

10 ms

Compensated range

10 to 85°C

uAbsolute air pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0.2 to 1.05 bar or 0.2 to 2.5
barTolerance (FS) at US = 5 V

Please see variations

Tolerance (FS)

Please see variationsuAnalog output

Sensitivity

Please see variationsuExternal tube connector

OffsetPlease see variations

This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline or Diesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element and electronics for signal-amplification andtemperature-compensation. Air pressure is supplied tothe sensor via a tube connector. The output of the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of the high quality of the production part and alow price.

Tolerance 0.2 to 1.05 bar

Application
Application

Please see ordering informations

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

20 m/s2 at 10 to 1,000 Hz

Tolerance 0.2 to 2.50 bar

Technical Specifications
Variations

Tolerance (FS) at US=5V

PSA-C (0.2 to 1.05
bar)

PSA-C (0.2 to 2.50
bar)

± 0.014 bar± 0.034 bar

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 237

Expansion of Tolerance

4
Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Jetronic

Mating connector
3-pole Jetronic

D 261 205 289-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Installation Notes
The PSA-C is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22
and Diesel.
Avoid liquid entering the measuring cell.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau = 2ms) is recommended.
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
PSA-C
0.2 to 1.05 bar
Order number 0 261 230 037
PSA-C
0.2 to 2.50 bar
Order number 0 281 002 389

238 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 239

Pressure Sensor Air PSB-2

Weight w/o wire

17 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max.

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA

4

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

1 ms

Compensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.028 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.4 %

Sensitivity

2,236 mV/bar

Features(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)uAbsolute air pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0.1 to 2.0 baruAnalog output

This sensor is designed for precise measurements of absolute air pressure, especially the air box and boostpressure of gasoline or Diesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element and electronics for signal-amplification andtemperature-compensation. The output of the sensor isan analog, ratio metric signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of the high quality of the production part and an
individual calibration. Each sensor is delivered with acalibration sheet to enable very small measurement tolerances.

Offset(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Tolerance

Application
Application

0.1 to 2.0 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

280 m/s2 at 200 Hz, 125 m/s2 at
440 Hz, sine

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Fitting

12,05 mm

176 mV

Expansion of Tolerance

240 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Connectors and Wires

4

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire Size

AWG 24

Wire Length L

15 to 100 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The PSB-2 is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22
and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-lowpass filter (tau = 2ms) is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
To optimise the accuracy of this sensor, an individual calibration data
sheet is delivered with each sensor.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-2
Order number B 261 209 337

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 241

Dimensions

4

242 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4

Weight w/o wire

20 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data

4

Power supply US

4.5 to 5.5 V

Max power supply US max.

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic

Featuresu

Absolute air pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0.5 to 4.0 baruAnalog output

uVery short response time

Response time T10/90

0.2 msCompensated range

0 to 80°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.056 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.4 %

Sensitivity

1,143 mV/bar(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Offset-71 mV(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Tolerance

This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure, especially the air box and boost pressure of gasoline or Diesel engines over a wide range.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element, electronics for signal-amplification and temperature-compensation. The output of the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of the high quality of the production part and an
individual calibration. Each sensor is delivered with acalibration sheet to enable very small measurement tolerances. Furthermore the sensor has a very short response time.

Expansion of Tolerance

Application
Application

0.5 to 4 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

6 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

20 m/s2 at 10 to 1,000 Hz

Technical Specifications

Connectors and Wires

Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Fitting

12.05 mm

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

US

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 243

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The PSB-4 is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22
and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please note that the 6mm tube connector has no function.
To optimize the accuracy of this sensor, an individual calibration sheet
is delivered with each sensor.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing. www.boschmotorsport.com
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System www.bosch-motorsport.com

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4
Order number B 261 209 348-01

Dimensions

4244 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Pressure Sensor Air PSP

Weight w/o wire

17 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data

4

Power supply US

4.5 to 5.5 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic

Featuresu

Absolute air pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0.2 to 3.0 baruAnalog output

uVery short response time

This sensor is designed to measure absolute air-pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline or Diesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element and an electronic for signal-amplification andtemperature compensation. The output of the sensor isan analog, ratio metric signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of both high quality production part and motorsport connector.

Response time T10/90

0.2 msCompensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.042 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.4 %

Sensitivity

1,518 mV/bar

Offset96 mVTolerance

Expansion of Tolerance

Application
Application

0.2 to 3 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

0.19 mm at 100 to 200 Hz
250 m/s2 at 200 to 500 Hz

Connectors and Wires

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mounting

M6

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Fitting

12.05 mm

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Gnd

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 245

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The PSP is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22 andDiesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau = 2ms) is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PSP
Order number B 261 209 690-01

Dimensions

4246 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Pressure Sensor Air PST

Weight w/o wire

30 g

SealingO-ring 13.95 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data

4

Power supply US

4.5 to 5.5 V

Max power supply US max.

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic Application 1

Featuresu

Absolute air pressure and temperature measurementsu

Measurement range 0.1 to 1.15 baruAnalog output

uVery short response time

This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure and air temperature, especially the air box pressureof gasoline or Diesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element, electronics for signal-amplification and temperature-compensation. The output of the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal. An NTC resistance is used fortemperature measurements.
The main feature of this sensor is the integration of two
functions (air pressure and air temperature) in one
housing. A further benefit of the PST is the high qualityof the series part at a low price.

Response time T10/90

0.2 msCompensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.016 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.39 %Sensitivity

4,047 mV/bar

Offset-4.76 mV

Tolerance

Expansion of Tolerance

Application
Application 1

0.1 to 1.15 bar (a)Application 2-40 to 125°C

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

0.19 mm at 100 to 200 Hz
250 m/s2 at 200 to 500 Hz
sine

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Fitting

18 mm

Characteristic Application 2
T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462-10

9,397

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 247

0

5,896

10

3,792

20

2,500

25

2,057

30

1,707

40

1,175

50

834

Ordering Information

60

596

70

436

Pressure Sensor Air PST
Order number 0 261 230 022

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

Resistance at 20°C

2.5 kOhm

Tolerance

5%

Response time tau 63

45 s at air ; v = 6 m/s

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
4-pole Compact

D 261 205 336-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

NTC

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

Pressure Sig

Pin 5

-

Installation Notes
The PST is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22 andDiesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau = 2ms) is recommended.

For the temperature measurement, a 1 kOhm pull-up at 5 V is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

4

248 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 249

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10

Response timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

400 mV/bar at US =5V

400 mV/bar

Offset

100 mV at US = 5 V

100 mV

Pin 1

-

US

Pin 4

US

-

Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Data
Featuresu

Absolute fluid pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0.5 to 11.0 baruAnalog output

Power supply US

Please see variations

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see variations

Current IS

8 mA

This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure ofvarious kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air. The sensor is available
for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique,which are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low price.

Characteristic

Application

Connectors and Wires

Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

Application

0.5 to 11 bar (a)Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Max. pressure

20 barPin 1

Please see variations

Operating temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

Pin 2

Gnd

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

Pin 3

Sig

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Pin 4

Please see variations

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

Pin 5

-

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

SleeveDR-25

Technical Specifications

Wire size

AWG 24

Variations

Wire length L

13 to 95 cm

PSC-10 (5 V)

PSC-10 (12 V)

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

8 to 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratiometric

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

4

250 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Installation Notes
The PSC-10 can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
PSC-104.75 to 5.25 V
Order number F 01T A21 304-01
PSC-108 to 30 V
Order number B 261 209 079-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 251

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSC-10R

Features

Technical Specifications
Variations
PSC-10R (5 V)

PSC-10R (12 V)

Operating temp.
range-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

8 to 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratiometricResponse timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

400 mV/bar at US =5V

400 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

500 mV

Pin 1

-

US

Pin 4

US

-

Mechanical Datau

Relative fluid pressure measurements

Male thread

M10x1

u

Measurement range 0 to 10 bar

Wrench size

17 mm

u

Analog output

Installation torque

15 Nm

This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media in relation to the ambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air). The sensor is available for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique,which are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of both high quality production part and motorsport connector.

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Application

Characteristic

Electrical Data
Power supply US

Please see variations

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see variations

Current IS

8 mA

Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

Application

0 to 10 bar (r)Pressure reference typerelative

Max. pressure

20 barOperating temp. range

Please see variations

Media temp. range

Please see variations

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

Connectors and Wires

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

Please see variations

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

4

252 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pin 4

Please see variations

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

13 to 95 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

4

Installation Notes
The PSC-10R can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
PSC-10R
4.75 to 5.25 V
Order number F 01T A21 303-01
PSC-10R
8 to 30 V
Order number F 01T A21 305-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 253

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSC-250R

Technical Specifications
Variations
PSC-250R (5 V)

PSC-250R (12 V)

Operating temp.
range-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

8 to 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratiometricResponse timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

16 mV/bar at US = 5V

16 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

500 mV

Mechanical Data
Features

Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mm

u

Relative fluid pressure measurements

Installation torque

15 Nm

u

Measurement range 0 to 250 bar

Weight w/o wire

45 g

u

Analog output

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media in relation to the ambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air). The sensor is available for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique,which are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of both high quality production part and motorsport connector.

Application
Application

0 to 250 bar (r)Pressure reference typerelative

Max. pressure

500 barOperating temp. range

Please see variations

Media temp. range

Please see variations

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power supply US

Please see variations

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see variations

Current IS

8 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS)± 2.5 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

4

254 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

13 to 95 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes

4

The PSS-250R can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
PSC-250R
4.75 to 5.25 V
Order number F 02U V00 430-01
PSC-250R
8 to 30 V
Order number F 01T A21 306-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 255

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260

Installation torque22 Nm in steel
32.5 Nm in aluminum

Weight w/o wire

35,2 g

Sealingsealed cone

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratio metric

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic

Featuresu

Absolute fluid pressure measurementu

0 to 260 baru

For gasoline, Diesel, oil or brake fluiduRobust and compact designuHigh robustness against vibrations

The PSC-260 is specially designed to measure absolutepressure in gasoline direct injection applications. Thissensor is also compatible with other kind of fluids e.g.
Diesel, engine oil, transmission oil or brake fluid.
The sensor uses a thin layer technique to achieve highaccuracy pressure measurements. The stainless steel
measuring cells with piezoresistive bridges are hermetically welded with stainless steel pressure ports. The internal reference ensures ambient pressure independentmeasurements.
The main benefits of this sensor are its high accuracy,
its wide measurement range and its robust and compact
design.

Application

Load capacity

10 nF

Output resistance10 Ω

Tolerance (FS)

+ 1 % (0 to 100°C)+ 1.5 % (-40 to 0°C and 100 to
130°C)

Sensitivity

15 mV/bar at US = 5 V

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Application

0 to 260 bar (a)SleeveDR-25

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Wire size

AWG 24Max. pressure

320 barWire length L

13 to 95 cm

Operating temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Storage temp. range-30 to 60°C

The PSC-260 can be connected directly to most control units. Pleaseconsider the TCI for the electrical connection of the sensor.

Max. vibration

560 m/s2 at 800 to 900 Hz
350 m/s2 at 1.000 to 2.500 Hz

The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.

Installation Notes

Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Male thread

M10 x 1

Wrench size

27 mm

Please consider using the adapter F 02U 002 711-01.

4256 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260
Order number F 02U V00 990-02
Accessories

4

Adapter
Order number F 02U 002 711-01

Dimensions

Sensor

AdapterSensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 257

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM

Technical Specifications
Variations
0 to 120 to 250

Measuring range

0 to 12 bar

0 to 250 bar

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.12 bar± 2.5 barMax. pressure

24 bar500 barMechanical Data
Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

16 mmInstallation torque

10 Nm

Weight w/o wire

24.5 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Data
Featuresu

Absolute fluid pressure measurementsuPressure measurement range 0 to 12 bar or 0 to
250 barPower supply US

8 to 16 V

Full scale output UA

4.9 V ± 1.5 %Current IS

25 mA

CharacteristicuHigh robustness against vibrations

Compensated range

0 to 120°CuCompact design

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V

Please see VariationsuAnalog output

Tolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity/Offset(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure ofvarious kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air. The sensor is available
for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor utilises a flush metal diaphragm as a force
collector. The force is transferred to a solid state piezoresistive sensing element via a thin intervening film of
noncompressible silicone oil. The housing is welded hermetically.
An individual calibration sheet will be delivered witheach sensor.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a good
protection against vibrations.

Application
Application

Please see Variations

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

Please see Variations

Operating temp. range-20 to 120°C

Media temp. range-20 to 120°C

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

Max. vibration

1,000 m/s2 max at 5 to 5,000
Hz (sine)

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Scr

SleeveViton

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The PSM can be connected directly to most control units.
Each mounting orientation is possible.

4258 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
100 % relative humidity is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information

4

PSM
0 to 12 bar
Order number B 261 209 331
PSM
0 to 250 bar
Order number B 261 209 332-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 259

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-S

Technical Specifications
Variations
PSM-S (12bar)

PSM-S (70bar)

Measuring range

0 to 12 bar

0 to 70 bar

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.24 bar± 0.7 barTolerance (FS)

±2%

±1%

Max. pressure

36 bar

210 bar4

Mechanical Data

Features

Male thread

M8x1

Wrench size

13 mmInstallation torque

6 Nm

Weight w/o wire

20 g

SealingO-ring 6.07 x 1.62 mmuAbsolute fluid pressure measurementsuPressure measurement range 0 to 12 bar or 0 to
70 barPower supply US

8 to 16 VuHigh robustness against vibrations

Full scale output UA

4.7 V ± 1.5 %uCompact design

CharacteristicuAnalog output

Compensated range

0 to 125 °C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V

Please see variations

Tolerance (FS)

Please see variations

Sensitivity/Offset(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure ofvarious kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air. The sensor is available
for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor utilizes a flush metal diaphragm as a force
collector. The force is transferred to a solid state piezoresistive sensing element via a thin intervening film of
noncompressible silicone oil. The housing is welded hermetically.
An individual calibration sheet will be delivered witheach sensor.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a good
protection against vibrations.

Application

Electrical Data

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Application

0 to 12 bar or 0 to 70 bar (a)

Pin 3

Sig

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Pin 4-

Max. pressure

Please see variations

Pin 5

Scr

Operating temp. range-55 to 140°C

SleeveViton

Media temp. range-55 to 140°C

Wire size

AWG 24Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M100

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Max. vibration

1,000 m/s2 max at 5 to 10,000
Hz (sine)

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The PSM-S can be connected directly to most control units.
Each mounting orientation is possible.

260 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
100 % relative humidity is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information

4

PSM-S
0 to 12 bar, 36 bar, ± 0.24 bar, ± 2%
Order number F 01T A21 315-01
PSM-S
0 to 70 bar, 210 bar, ± 0.7 bar, ± 1%
Order number F 01T A21 316-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 261

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10

Response timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

400 mV/bar at US=5V

400 mV/bar

Offset

100 mV at US=5 V

100 mV

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 339-1

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 334-01

Mechanical Data

Features

Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Datau

Absolute fluid pressure measurements

Power supply US

Please see variationsu

Measurement range 0.5 to 11.0 bar

Max power supply US max± 30 Vu

Analog output

Full scale output UA

Please see variationsuIntegrated series connector

Current IS

8 mA

This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure ofvarious kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique.
These are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low price. The sensor is available
for two different supply voltage ranges.

Application

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

Please variations

OffsetPlease variations

Connectors and Wires

Application

0.5 to 11 bar (a)Connector

Bosch Compact

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Mating connector

Please see variations

Max. pressure

20 bar

Pin 1

Gnd

Operating temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

Pin 2

Sig

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

Pin 3

US

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Pin 4

-

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

Pin 5

-

Max. vibration

100 m/s rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz
2

Technical Specifications

Installation Notes
The PSS-10 can be connected directly to most control units.

Variations

The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.

PSS-10 (5 V)

PSS-10 (12 V)

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

8 to 30 V

Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.

Full scale output UA

10 to 90% US ratiometric

0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratiometric

Each mounting orientation is possible.

4262 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
PSS-104.75 to 5.25 V
Order number B 261 209 341-01

4

PSS-108 to 30 V
Order number B 261 209 064-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 263

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

8 to 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90% US ratiometric

0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratiometricResponse timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

400 mV/bar at US=5V

400 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US=5 V

500 mV

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 339-01

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 334-01

Mechanical Data

Features

Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

u

Relative fluid pressure measurements

Weight w/o wire

45 g

u

Measurement range 0 to 10 bar

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

uAnalog output

Electrical DatauIntegrated series connector

Power supply US

Please see variations

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see variations

Current IS

8 mA

This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media in relation to the ambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil, air). The sensor
is available for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique,which are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low price.

Application

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90 °C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Application

0 to 10 bar (r)Sensitivity

Please see variations

Pressure reference typerelative

OffsetPlease see variations

Max. pressure

20 barConnectors and Wires

Operating temp. range

Please see variations

Media temp. range

Please see variations

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

Please see variations

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

Technical Specifications

Pin 4

-

Variations

Pin 5

-

Operating temp.
range

PSS-10 (5 V)

PSS-10 (12 V)-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

4264 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Installation Notes
The PSS-10R can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
PSS-10R
4.75 to 5.25 V
Order number F 01T A21 312-01
PSS-10R
8 to 30 V
Order number F 01T A21 307

Dimensions

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 265

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-100R

Technical Specifications
Variations
PSS-100R (5 V)

PSS-100R (12 V)

Operating temp.
range-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

8 to 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratiometricResponse timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

40 mV/bar at US = 5V

40 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

500 mV

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 339-01

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 339-01

Features
Mechanical Datau

Relative fluid pressure measurementsuMale thread

M10x1

Measurement range 0 to 100 bar

Wrench size

17 mm

u

Analog output

Installation torque

15 Nm

u

Integrated series connector

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media in relation to the ambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air). The sensor is available for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique,which are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main feature of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low price.

Application
Application

0 to 100 bar (r)Pressure reference typerelative

Max. pressure

200 barOperating temp. range

Please see variations

Media temp. range

Please see variations

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power supply US

Please see variations

Max power supply± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see variations

Current IS

8 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

Please see variations

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

4

266 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Installation Notes
The PSS-100R can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
PSS-100R
4.75 to 5.25 V
Order number B 261 209 347-01
PSS-100R
8 to 30 V
Order number F 01T A21 310

Dimensions

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 267

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-250R

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

8 to 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratiometricResponse timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

16 mV/bar at US = 5V

16 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

500 mV

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 339-01

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 334-01

Mechanical Data

Features

Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mmuRelative fluid pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0 to 250 baruAnalog output

Electrical DatauIntegrated series connector

Power supply US

Please see variations

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see variations

Current IS

8 mA

This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media in relation to the ambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air). The sensor is available for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique,which are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low priceApplication

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS)± 2.5 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Application

0 to 250 bar (r)Sensitivity

Please see variations

Pressure reference typerelative

OffsetPlease see variations

Max. pressure

500 barConnectors and Wires

Operating temp. range

Please see variations

Connector

Bosch Compact

Media temp. range

Please see variations

Mating connector

Please see variations

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Pin 1

Gnd

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

Pin 2

Sig

Max. vibration

100 m/s rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Pin 3

US

Technical Specifications

Pin 4

-

Variations

Pin 5

-

Operating temp.
range

2

PSS-250R (5 V)

PSS-250R (12 V)-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

4268 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Installation Notes
The PSS-250R can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
PSS-250R
4.75 to 5.25 V
Order number B 261 209 965-01
PSS-250R
8 to 30 V
Order number B 261 209 067-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 269

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260

Weight w/o wire

35.2 g

Sealingsealed cone

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

Current IS

12 mA

4

Characteristic
Load capacity

10 nF

Output resistance10 Ω

Tolerance (FS)

+ 1 % (0 to 100°C)+ 1.5 % (-40 to 0°C and 100 to
130°C)

Featuresu

Absolute fluid pressure measurement

Sensitivity

15 mV/bar at US = 5 Vu

0 to 260 bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 VuFor gasoline, Diesel, oil or brake fluid

Connectors and Wiresu

Robust and compact design

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 366-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

The PSS-260 is specially designed to measure absolutepressure in gasoline direct injection applications. Thissensor is also compatible with other kind of fluids e.g.
Diesel, engine oil, transmission oil or brake fluid.
The sensor uses a thin layer technique to achieve highaccuracy pressure measurements. The stainless steel
measuring cells with piezoresistive bridges are hermetically welded with stainless steel pressure ports. The internal reference ensures ambient pressure independentmeasurements.
The main benefits of this sensor are its high accuracy,
its wide measurement range and its robust and compact
design.

Application

Installation Notes
The PSS-260 can be connected directly to most control units. Pleaseconsider the TCI for the electrical connection of the sensor.
The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.

Application

0 to 260 bar (a)Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Max. pressure

320 barPlease consider using the adapter F 02U 002 711-01.

Operating temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Storage temp. range-30 to 60°C

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Max. vibration

127 m/s2 RMS at 800 to 2,500
Hz

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260
Order number 0 261 545 030

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Accessories

Male thread

M10 x 1

Wrench size

27 mm

Installation torque22 Nm in steel
32.5 Nm in aluminum

Adapter
Order number F 02U 002 711-01

270 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Dimensions

4

Sensor

AdapterSensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 271

Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F

Wrench size

10 mmInstallation torque11.5 Nm

SealingO-ring 13.95 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

0.5 to 4.5 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic 1

Featuresu

Absolute fluid pressure and temperature measurementsuPressure measurement range 0.5 to 6.0 baruTemperature measurement range -40 to 125°Cu

Analog output

Response time T10/90

1 ms

Output load

10 kΩ

Sensitivity

727 mV/bar

Offset

136 mV

Characteristic 2
T [°C]R [Ω]-40

45,303-30

26,108-20

15,458This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure
and temperature of various kinds of fluids e.g. Diesel,
gasoline, oil or transmission oil.
The PST-F is equipped with a piezo-resistive pressure
sensor element integrated in a silicon chip together withsignal processing electronics. The active surface of thischip is exposed to a reference vacuum. The temperature
sensor element is an NTC-resistor.
The main feature of this sensor is the integration of two
functions (fluid pressure and fluid temperature) in one
housing.

-10

9,395

0

5,671

10

3,791

20

2,499

30

1,706

40

1,174

50

834

Application

60

595

70

436

80

322

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

125

100

Response Time tau 63

45 s in air; v = 6 m/s

Application 1

0.5 to 6 bar (a)Application 2-40 to 125°C

Referenceabsolute

Max. pressure

20 barOperating temp. range-40 to 125°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Biofuel compatibility

E22, M15

Max. vibration

40 m/s2 at 1 to 250 Hz
60 m/s2 at 250 to 2,600 Hz
40 m/s2 at 2,600 to 3,200 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M6

Weight without wire

30 g

4

272 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Installation Notes
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter is recommended.
(R = 21 kΩ, C = 100 nF)
For the temperature measurement, a 1 kΩ pull-up at 5 V is recommended.

4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Tolerance

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F
Order number 0 261 230 147

Expansion of Tolerance

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
4-pole Compact

D 261 205 336-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

NTC

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

Pressure Sig

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 273

Dimensions

4274 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2

Installation torque

40 Nm

Sealing

Sealed cone

Electrical Data

4

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

0.5 to 4.5 V US ratiometric

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic 1
Response time T10/90

Pressure: 0.2 to 0.8 ms
Temperature: 9 s (response timeof temperature signal in oil dip
bath 20 to 100°C)

Compensated range-40 to 130°C

Tolerance (FS) at US+/- 1 % at 0 to 100°C+/- 1.5 % at -40 to 0°C and 100
to 130°C

Sensitivity

14.3 mV/bar at US = 5 V

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

Featuresu

Absolute fluid pressure and temperature measurementsuPressure measurement range 0 to 280 baruTemperature measurement range -40 to 140°C

This sensor is designed to measure absolute gasoline
pressure and gasoline temperature in direct injection
systems.
The pressure measurement is based on the expansion ofa steel diaphragm, where strain gauges are placed to a
Wheatstone bridge. The measured signal is proportional
to the pressure and is processed in an application specific integrated circuit.
The temperature measurement is conducted by an NTC
thermistor. The main feature of this sensor is its compact design and the integration of two functions (temperature and pressure measurements) in a common
housing.

Application
Application 1

0 to 280 bar (a)Application 2-40 to 140°C

Reference

Absolute

Max. pressure

340 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Storage temp. range-40 to 60°C

Biofuel compatibility

E26

Max. vibration

210 m/s2 at 147 to 1,350 Hz
175 m/s2 at 1,350 to 2,000 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10x1

Weight without wire

36 g

Wrench size

27 mm

Characteristic 2
T [°C]R [Ω]-40

243,241-30

135,753-20

78,716-10

47,258029,287

10

18,68420

12,240

30

8,218

40

5,642

50

3,955

60

2,826

70

2,055

80

1,519

90

1,141

100

868.4

110

669.9

120

523.2

130

413.3

140

330.0

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 275

4Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

F 02U B00 596-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

NTC

Pin 4

US

Installation Notes
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
For temperature measurement please use a pull-up resistor with an
optimal value of 4.6 kOhm.
Please note that using the adapter F 02U 002 956-01 in connection
with the PST-F 2 the ambient conditions could be changed (e.g. medium temperature dissipation or undesired vibrations).
The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2
Order number 0 261 B21 023-00
Accessories
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2 Adapter
Order number F02U 002 956-01

276 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Dimensions

4
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2

Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2 Adapter

Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers | 277

Rotary Potentiometer MiniRP 100-M

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Max. power supply

42 V

Total resistance

3 kΩ ± 20%

Current Is

1 μA

Max. allowable contact current

10 mA

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

Anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1 (A)US

Pin 2 (B)GnduRotational movement measurement

Pin 3 (C)Sigu

Measurement range: 0 to 100°

Pin 4 (D)-uCompact design

Pin 5 (E)-u

Robust housing

SleeveDR-25

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. throttle angle or spring travel.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing and the bearings are made of high temperature
resistant plastic. The mounting plate is protected with ametal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensor is fitted in a shrink down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination ofhigh accuracy, motorsports spec connection and a verysmall and robust aluminum housing.

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

Application

The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.

Application

0 to 100°

Operating temperature range-40 to 150°C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Max. vibration

200 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.

Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.

Technical Specifications

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Mechanical Data

Ordering Information

Weight w/o wire

32 g

Protection class

IP65

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

Housing

Aluminum alloy

Rotary Potentiometer Mini-RP 100-M
Order number B 261 209 587-01

4

278 | Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers | 279

Rotary Potentiometer RP 50-/
130-/350-M

Connector

ASL
6-06-05PAHE

KPTA
6E6-4P-C-DN

ASL
6-06-05PAHE

Mating connectorASL
0-06-05SAHEF 02U 000
226-01KPTA
1E6-4S-C-DN
F 02U 000
108-01ASL
0-06-05SAHEF 02U 000
226-01

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

38 g

Protection class

IP66

Mounting

2 x M4

Housing

Aluminum alloy

Electrical Data

FeaturesPower supply US

5V

Maximal power supply

42 V

Total resistance

Please see Variations

Current IS

1 μA
Please see VariationsuRotational movement measurement

Max. allowable contact currentu

Measurement range: 0 to 50°, 0 to 130° or 0 to
350°

CharacteristicuRobust aluminum housinguWide operating temperature range

Direction of rotation

Anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.

These sensors are designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. throttle angle, spring travel, gearbox position
or steering angle.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housings and the bearings are made of high temperature resistant plastic. The mounting plate is protectedwith a metal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensors are fitted in a shrink down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of these sensors is the combination ofhigh accuracy, very robust aluminum housing and motorsport spec connection.

Application
Measuring range

Please see Variations

Operating temperature range-55 to 125°C

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Please see Variations

Mating connector

Please see Variations

Pin 1 (A)US

Pin 2 (B)Gnd

Pin 3 (C)Sig

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Technical Specifications

Installation Notes

Variations
RP 50-M

RP 130-M

RP 350-M

Measuringrange

0 to 50°

0 to 130°

0 to 350°

Total resistance

3 kΩ

4 kΩ

8 kΩ

Max. allowablecontact current

1 mA

10 mA

1 mA

The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

4280 | Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers

Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Rotary Potentiometer RP 50-M
Order number B 261 209 571-01

4

Rotary Potentiometer RP 130-M
Order number B 261 209 576
Rotary Potentiometer RP 350-M
Order number B 261 209 577-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers | 281

Rotary Potentiometer RP 55

Characteristic
Temp. coefficient

50 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

Anti-Clockwise

Connectors and Wires

Featuresu

Rotational movement measurementuMeasurement range 0 to 55°uQuill shaft mounting

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. spring travel.
A rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a resistive
element which is supplied with voltage. Thus a voltage
proportional to the angle can be measured. The housing
is made of shock resistant aluminum. The internals are
made of high temperature resistant synthetic material.
The main benefit of this sensor is the special way ofmounting with a quill shaft.

Application

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1 (A)US

Pin 2 (B)Gnd

Pin 3 (C)Sig

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.
Each mounting orientation is possible.

Application

0 to 55°

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Operating temperature range-25 to 75°C

Storage temperature range-25 to 105°C

Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 at 30 to 500 Hz

Technical Specifications

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

59 g

Protection class

IP63

Mounting

di 6 mm

Lifetime

5 x 106 rotations

Housing

Aluminum alloy

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Total resistance5 kΩ

Current Is

1 μA

Max. allowable contact current

10 mA

Rotary Potentiometer RP 55
Order number B 261 209 578-01

4

282 | Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers | 283

Rotary Potentiometer RP 86

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Direction of rotation

Anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.
Redundancy

No

Connectors and Wires

Featuresu

Rotational movement measurementuMeasurement range: 0 to 86°uCompact design

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
3-pole Compact

D 261 205 334-01

Pin 1 (A)US

Pin 2 (B)Gnd

Pin 3 (C)Sig

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

Installation Notes
The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. throttle angle or spring travel.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing and the bearings are made of high temperature
resistant plastic.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and extremely short dimensions

Application

The sensor has an internal mechanical stop and a Ø 14.65x2 sealing.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information

Application

0 to 86°

Angle between internal mechanical stops

95°

Operating temperature range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

700 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

26 g

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

2 x 106 rotations

Housing

Synthetic material

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Max. power supply

42 V

Total resistance

2 kΩ ±20 %Current Is

18 µA

Rotary Potentiometer RP 86
Order number 0 280 122 016

4284 | Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers | 285

Rotary PotentiometerRP 100/130/308

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

Housing

Synthetic material

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Max. power supply

42 V

Total resistance

Please see variations

Current Is

1 µA

Max. allowable contact current

10 mA

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

Anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request

Connectors and Wires

Featuresu

Rotational movement measurementuMeasurement range: 0 to 100°, 0 to 130° or 0 to308°uWide operating temperature range

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1 (A)US

Pin 2 (B)

Gnd

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. throttle angle, spring travel, gearbox position
or steering angle.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing and the bearings are made of high temperature
resistant plastic. The mounting plate is protected with ametal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensor is fitted in a shrink down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination ofboth high accuracy and motorsports spec connection.

Pin 3 (C)Sig

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

Application

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Application

Please see variations

Operating temperature range-40 to 150°C

Max. vibration

200 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Installation Notes
The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.

Technical Specifications

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Variations
RP 100RP 130RP 308

Measuring range

0 to 100°

0 to 130°

0 to 308°

Total resistance

3 kΩ ± 20 %3 kΩ ± 20 %5 kΩ ± 20 %Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

32 g

Protection class

IP65

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing. www.boschmotorsport.com
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System at our homepage.

4

286 | Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers

Ordering Information
RP 100Order number B 261 209 127-01
RP 130Order number B 261 209 128-02
RP 308Order number B 261 209 570-01

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers | 287

Rotary PotentiometerRP 100 twin

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Max. power supply

42 V

Total resistance

3 kΩ ±20 %Current IS

1 µA

Max. allowable contact current

10 mA

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

Anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request
Redundancy

Featuresu

Rotational movement measurementu

Dual output

uMeasurement range: 0 to 100°uWide operating temperature range

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. gearbox position or throttle angle.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing and the bearings are made of high temperature
resistant plastic. The mounting plate is protected with ametal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensor is fitted in a shrink down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is the extremely high reliability through the redundant sensor design.

Connectors and Wires
Connector

AS 6-07-35PN

Mating connector
AS 0-07-35SN

F 02U 000 238-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig1

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

Gnd

Pin 6

Sig2

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Technical Specifications

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

Mechanical Data

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.

Application
Application

0 to 100°

Operating temperature range-40 to 150°C

Max. vibration

200 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Weight w/o wire

32 g

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Protection class

IP65

Installation Notes

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.

Housing

Synthetic material

The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.
Each mounting orientation is possible.

4288 | Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (www.boschmotorsport.com).
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information

4

Rotary Potentiometer RP 100 twin
Order number B 261 209 591-02

Dimensions

Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers | 289

Rotary Potentiometer RP 345M

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Maximal power supply

42 V

Total resistance

5 kΩ ±20 %Current Is

1 µA

Max. allowable contact current

10 mA

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

Anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.
Redundancy

No

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

uRotational movement measurement

Pin 1 (A)USu

Measurement range: 0 to 345°

Pin 2 (B)GnduRobust aluminum housing

Pin 3 (C)Sigu

Wide operating temperature range

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. throttle angle, spring travel, gearbox position
or steering angle.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing is made of shock resistant aluminum. The internal is made of high temperature resistant synthetic material. The mounting plate is protected with a metal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensor is fitted in ashrink down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination ofboth high accuracy and very tough aluminum housing.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.

Application
Application

0 to 345°

The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.

Operating temperature range-40 to 150°C

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Max. vibration

200 m/s at 5 to 2,000 Hz

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

2

Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

32 g

Protection class

IP65

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

Housing

Aluminum alloy

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Rotary Potentiometer RP 345-M
Order number F 01T A21 400-01

4

290 | Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers | 291

Rotary Potentiometer RP 360H

Lifetime

20 x 106 operations of ±75°

Housing

Synthetic material

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5 V regulated
9 V to 30 V unregulated

Max. power supply

30 V

Total resistance

10 kΩ

Current Is< 12.5 mA

Resolution

0.025 % of measurement range

Output voltage range

0.5 to 4.5 V

Output load

10 kΩ

Characteristic

Featuresu

Rotational movement measurementuHall effect technologyuMeasurement range: 0 to 360°u

Analogue output 0.5 to 4.5 V

Max. rotation speed

600 min-1

Temp. coefficient< 30 ppm/°K in 5 V supply mode

< 90 ppm/°K in 9 V to 30 V supply mode

< 90 ppm/°K in 9 V to 30 V supply mode

Direction of rotation

Anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. throttle angle, spring travel, gearbox position
or steering angle.
The electronic is designed with a magnetic rotary sensor
with Hall elements and digital signal processing. The angular position is provided by a two pole magnet integrated in the sensor shaft. A Hall effect sensor is disposed
between two magnets in association with a movablespecially formed ferromagnetic part. This is used to control flux in the sensor in order to produce a linearly varying output voltage dependent on the position.
The main benefit of this sensor is its contactless Hall effect technology and its robust design for motorsport applications. Other measurement ranges are available on
request.

Application

Redundancy

No

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Application

0 to 360°

Pin 1 (A)US

Operating temperature range-40 to 140°C (5 V supply)

Pin 2 (B)

Gnd

Storage temperature range-55 to 140°C

Pin 3 (C)Sig

Max. vibration

200 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 22

Wire length L

16 cm

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

< 35 gProtection class

IP68

Mounting

2 x M44

292 | Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor is designed with contactless Hall effect technology.
Any mounting orientation is possible.

4

Sensor is at mid point of electrical angle when shaft and wire exit arealigned as shown in the offer drawing.
Operating temperature range for unregulated supply: -40 to 137°C (9V supply). Derate upper temperature limit by 0.57°C for every 1 V increase in supply, e.g. -40 to 125°C at 30 V.
Both rotation directions and other measurement ranges are available
on request.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Rotary Potentiometer RP 360-H
Order number F 02U V00 641-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 293

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HAD 90

Electrical Data
Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

20 mA

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 1.0 % (≤ 6 kHz)< 1.5 % (≤ 10 kHz)

Signal output

0.52 V to < US

Environment

Features

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmu

Wheel/camshaft*/crankshaft speed

Width of gap b2

4.7 mmuSame housing as Inductive sensor IS-M

Width of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmuVery high precision measurement

Depth of teeth h

3.4 mmu

Self-learning

Number of teeth

60-2

u

Measuring of differences with 2 Hall sensors

Connectors and Wires

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft*, crankshaft or wheelspeed), but it is not a “true power-on” sensor.
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the HA-D, the magnetic field is modulated at theplace of the Hall probe.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a very
good detection of the falling edge, due to a differential
measuring method. This sensor is a combination of ahigh quality production part and robust design with asmall housing.
*: see Installation Notes

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Nc

Pin 5

Nc

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.

Application
Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.4 to 1.0 mm

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kΩOutput type

Active highExternal magnetic fields≤ 50 mTMax. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Technical Specifications

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The HA-D 90 is no true-power-on sensor. It needs the falling edge of
two teeth for correct working. After a time of 0.68 s without rotationof the detected wheel it needs again the falling edge of two teeth.
The HA-D 90 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems
Please specify the angle between the mounting and the target wheel.

Mechanical Data

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Weight w/o wire

12 g

Mounting

Screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

11.8 mm

Installation depth L2

30 mm

Tightening torque

6 Nm

For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

4294 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-D 90
Order number F 02U V00 334-01

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 295

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-M

Pin 3

Sig

Active high, without connector
Red

US

Black

Gnd

Green

Sig

Mechanical Data

FeaturesuCamshaft/crankshaft/wheel speeduMax. frequency 10 kHzu

Self-learningu

Active high/low programmableuSame housing as Inductive sensor IS-M

Weight w/o wire

12 g

Mounting

1 x M6

Bore diameter

11.8 mm

Installation depth L2

30 mm

Tightening torque

6 Nm

Electrical Data

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft or wheel
speed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the HA-M, the magnetic field is modulated at theplace of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor elementwith integrated signal conditioning circuit detects thischange and generates a digital output signal. We offer
this sensor with two different types of output: Active
high and Active low.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and robust design with metal housing and motorsport connectors.

Application

Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

5.6 to 18 mA

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 4 % (≤ 6 kHz)
< 8 % (≤ 10 kHz)

Signal output

0.52 V to < Us

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mm

Application

Speed

Depth of teeth h

3.4 mmMax. frequency≤10 kHz

Number of teeth

60-2

Target wheel air gap

0.5 to 1.5 mm

Connectors and Wires

Temperature range- 40 to 160°C

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Pin layout

Please see Variations

Output type

Please see Ordering Information

SleeveDR-25

External magnetic fields< 1 mT

Wire size

AWG 24Max. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Wire length L

10 to 100 cm

Technical Specifications

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Variations

Installation Notes

Active low with connector / active high with connector
Connector

ASU 6-03-03PN-HE

The HA-M can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.

Mating connector
ASU 0-03-03SN-HE

F 02U 000 199-01

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

4296 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
HA-M
Active low
Order number B 261 209 283-01

4

HA-M
Active highOrder number B 261 209 295-01
HA-M
Active high, without connector
Order number F 02U V00 627-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 297

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P

Electrical Data
Power supply

4.5 to 24 V

Current IS

10 mA

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 1.5 % (≤6 kHz)< 2 % (≤10 kHz)

Signal output

0.4 V to < US

Environment

Features

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mm60-2uWheel/camshaft speed

Number of teeth

u24.0 mm depth

Connectors and Wiresu

Robust design

Connector

1 928 404 227uActive low

Mating connector
3-pole Compact

D 261 205 335-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft or wheelspeed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the HA-P, the magnetic field is modulated at theplace of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor elementwith integrated signal conditioning circuit detects thischange and generates a digital output signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and robust design with metal housing.

Application

Installation Notes
The HA-P can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Target wheel air gap

0.5 to 1.4 mm

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Output type

Active low

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kΩOrdering Information

Max. vibration

1,000 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

70 g

Mounting

With screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

18 mm

Installation depth L2

24 mm

Tightening torque8 Nm

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P
Order number 0 232 103 037

4298 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 299

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HAP2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

12 g

Bore diameter

15 mm

Installation depth L2

15 mm

Mounting

With screw 1 x M6Tightening torque

8 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 18 V

Current Is

10 mA

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of toothFeaturesu

Wheel/camshaft/crankshaft speedu

15 mm depthuVery small housinguu

up to 1.5 mm
up to 2.5 mm< 4 % (≤ 10 kHz)
< 8 % (≤ 10 kHz)

Signal output

0.4 V to < US

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Hirschmann 872-658-501
Cod.A

Very light weight

Mating connector

F 02U B00 520-01

Active low

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

Gnd

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft or wheelspeed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the HA-P2, the magnetic field is modulated at
the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor elementwith integrated signal conditioning circuit detects thischange and generates a digital output signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part, robust design,
very small housing and low weight.

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmApplication

Width of sync. gap b3

20.79 mm

Application

Depth of teeth h1

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

Environment

Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤10 kHzInstallation Notes

Target wheel air gap

0.5 to 2.5 mm

Application Notes

Temperature range-40 to 160°C

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kΩThe HA-P2 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.

Output type

Active low

External magnetic fields< 0.1 mTMax. vibration

400 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

4

300 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Ordering Information
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P2
Order number 0 232 103 111

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 301

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor MiniHA-P

Technical Specifications
Variations
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

1 234 482 092

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U B00 555-01

Pin 1

US

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Sig

Pin 3

Sig

Gnd

Pin 4

Nc

-

Pin 5

Nc

-

Mechanical Data

FeaturesWeight w/o wire

19.2 gMounting

With screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

11.5 mm

Installation depth L2

9 mm

Tightening torque

8 Nm

u

Wheel/camshaft speed

Electrical Datau

Max. frequency ≤10 kHz

Power supply

5 to 18 VuHigh vibration resistance

Current IS

10 mA

u

Low weightu

Small housing

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 3 % (≤ 6 kHz)
< 5 % (≤ 10 kHz)

Signal output

0.4 V to < US

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft or wheel
speed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the Mini-HA-P, the magnetic field is modulated
at the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor element with integrated signal conditioning circuit detects
this change and generates a digital output signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and robust design with a very small housing.

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmApplication

Width of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

Environment

Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Target wheel air gap

0.2 to 1.5 mm

Connectors and Wires

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Connector

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kΩVarious motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.

Output type

Active low

SleeveHT wire ø 5.2 mm

External magnetic fields≤ 0.3 mT

Wire size

AWG 20Max. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Wire length L< 27 cm

Please see Variations

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

4

302 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Installation Notes
The Mini-HA-P can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

4

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Mini-HA-P
ASL 6-06-05PC-HE
Order number F 02U V00 564-02
Mini-HA-P
1 234 482 092
Order number F 02U V00 566-02

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 303

Dimensions

4304 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

4Sensors | Speed Sensors | 305

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor MiniHA-P sealed

Technical Specifications
Variations
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Without connector

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE
F 02U 000 228-01

-

Pin 1

US

US (red)

Pin 2

Gnd

Sig (green)

Pin 3

Sig

Gnd (black)

Pin 4

Nc

-

Pin 5

Nc

-

Mechanical Data

Featuresu

Wheel/camshaft/crankshaft speeduMax. frequency ≤10 kHz

uHigh vibration resistanceu

Very small housinguO-ring sealing

Weight w/o wire

19.2 gMounting

With screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

16 mm

Installation depth L2

12 mm

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

10 mA

Characteristic

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft and wheelspeed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the Mini-HA-P sealed, the magnetic field is
modulated at the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effectsensor element with integrated signal conditioning circuit detects this change and generates a digital output
signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and a robust design with a very small housing.

Application

Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 3 % (≤6 kHz)
< 5 % (≤10 kHz)

Signal output

0.4 V to < US

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mm

Application

Speed

Depth of teeth h

3.4 mmMax. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Number of teeth

60-2

Target wheel air gap

0.2 to 1.5 mm

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kΩOutput type

Active low

External magnetic fields≤ 0.3 mTMax. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Please see Variations

SleeveHT wire ø 5.2 mm

Wire size

AWG 20

Wire length L< 27 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

4

306 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Installation Notes
The Mini-HA-P sealed can be connected directly to most control units
and data logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

4

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Mini-HA-P sealed
ASL 6-06-05PC-HE
Order number F 02U V00 500-01
Mini-HA-P sealed
without connector
Order number F 02U V00 570-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 307

Inductive Speed Sensor IA

Electrical Data
Coil resistance

1,200 ΩInductance max.

400 mH

Output voltage max.

190 VP-P

Environment

Featuresu

Crankshaft/wheel speedu32.2 mm depth/leaduBore diameter 12.5 mm

uMax. operating temperature 230°C

Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheel speed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with asoft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil withtwo connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gearturns past this sensor, it generates a voltage in the coilwhich is directly proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and robust, high temperature resistance. Additionally the installation depth canbe changed according to the customer request.

Connectors and Wires

Application

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HE≤ 15 kHzMating connector
ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

F 02U 000 237-01

Target wheel air gap AG

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Pin 1

-

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 230°C

Pin 2

Gnd

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Pin 3

Sig

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Scr

Application

Speed

Max. frequency

Technical Specifications

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole

Round

Sleeve

DR-25

Bore diameter

12.5 mmWire size

AWG 24Weight w/o wire

30 g

Wire length L

10 to 100 cm

Installation depth L2

32.2 mm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

4

308 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Installation Notes
The inductive speed sensor IA is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
The installation depth L2 can be changed individually according tocustomer request.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.

4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IA
Order number B 261 209 519-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 309

Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C

Electrical Data
Coil resistance860 Ω ± 10 %Inductance max.

370 mH ± 15 %Output voltage max.

200 VP-P

Environment

Features

Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmu

Crankshaft/wheel speed

Depth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

u24.0 mm, 315° depth/lead

Number of teeth

60-2

u

Bore diameter 18 mm

Connectors and Wires

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheelspeed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with asoft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil withtwo connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gearturns past this sensor, it generates a voltage in the coilwhich is directly proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.
It is available in a DR-25 sleeve with various connector
options.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and robust, compact design.

Connector

1 928 404 227

Mating connector
3-pole Compact

D 261 205 335-01

Pin 1

Sig+

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Application
Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 15 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 130°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole

Round

Bore diameter

18 mm

Installation Notes

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Weight w/o wire

40 g

The inductive speed sensor IA-C is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.

Installation depth L2

23.7 mm

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.

4310 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
The inductive speed sensor IA-C is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C
Order number 0 261 210 136

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 311

Inductive Speed Sensor IS

Weight w/o wire

30 g

Installation depth L2

32.2 mmElectrical Data
Coil resistance

1,200 ΩInductance max.

400 mH

Output voltage max.

190 V P-P

Environment

Featuresu

Crankshaft/wheel speedu32.2 mm depth/leaduBore diameter 12.5 mm

uMax. operating temperature 230°C

Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wires

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheel speed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with asoft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil withtwo connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gearturns past this sensor, it generates a voltage in the coilwhich is directly proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and robust, high temperature resistance. Additionally the installation depth canbe changed according to the customer request.

Application
Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤15 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 230°C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole

Round

Bore diameter

12.5 mmTightening torque

8 Nm

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

F 02U 000 237-01

Pin 1

Nc

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

Nc

Pin 5

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

10 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

4

312 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Installation Notes
The inductive speed sensor IS is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
The installation depth L2 can be changed individually according tocustomer request.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.

4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IS
Order number B 261 209 517-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 313

Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C

Weight w/o wire

25 g

Installation depth L2

24.1 mmElectrical Data
Coil resistance340 Ω

Inductance max.

64 mH

Environment

Features

Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wiresu

Wheel speed

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HEu

3/8-24 UNF-2A THD

F 02U 000 237-01

uBore diameter 12.9 mm

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05PN-HEu

Metal housing

Pin 1

Nc

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

Nc

Pin 5

Scr

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheelspeed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with asoft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil withtwo connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gearturns past this sensor, it generates a voltage in the coilwhich is directly proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part with very compact design,and high temperature resistance.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

Max. 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Application
Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 15 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 230°C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole

Round

Bore diameter

12.9 mmTightening torque

8 Nm

4

314 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Installation Notes
The inductive speed sensor IS-C is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
This sensor is also available with a M10x1 male thread.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.

4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C
Order number B 261 209 609-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 315

Inductive Speed Sensor IS-M

Electrical Data
Coil resistance390 ΩInductance max.

75 mH

Output voltage max.

55 VP-P

Environment

Features

Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmu

Crankshaft/wheel speed

Depth of teeth h2

1.75 mmuSame housing as Hall-Sensor HA-M

Number of teeth

60-2

u

Low weight

Connectors and WiresuMax. operating temperature 225°C

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrevolutions and angles at engine and chassis applications.
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with asoft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil withtwo connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gearturns past this sensor, it generates a voltage in the coilwhich is directly proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.
It is available in a DR-25 sleeve with various connector
options and different installation depths.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination ofboth high quality production part and a robust, compact
design.

Application
Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 15 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.5 ± 0.25 mm

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 225°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Magnetic poleRound, 2.36 mm

Bore diameter

12 mm

Tightening torque

6 Nm

Weight w/o wire

20 g

Installation depth L2

30 mm

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

F 02U 000 237-01

Pin 1

Nc

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

Nc

Pin 5

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

10 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

4

316 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Installation Notes
The inductive speed sensor IS-M is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimension has to be used (see Environment),
the technical function has to be tested individually.
The installation depth can be changed individually according the customer request.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.

4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-M
Order number F 02U V00 693-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 317

Inductive Speed Sensor IS-T

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wires
Features

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HE

Turbocharger speed

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

F 02U 000 237-01

uuMax. 15 mm depth/lead

Pin 1

Nc

u

Bore diameter 6.3 mm

Pin 2

GND

u

Metal housing

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Nc

Pin 5

Scr

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed of a turbo charger.
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with asoft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil withtwo connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gearturns past this sensor, it generates a voltage in the coilwhich is directly proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.
The main benefit of this sensor is robustness, a very
compact design and high temperature resistance.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

10 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Application
Application

Speed

Target wheel air gap AG

0.5 ± 0.1 mm

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 230°C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole

Round

Bore diameter

6.3 mmTightening torque1.4 NmWeight w/o wire

14 g

Installation depth L2

20 mm

Installation Notes
This inductive speed sensor IS-T is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material by turbo charger.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

Electrical Data
Coil resistance30 Ω

Inductance max.

2.6 mH

Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

4

318 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-T
Order number B 261 209 662-01

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 319

Temperature Sensor NTC M5HS

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance

10 kΩCharacteristic
Accuracy at 25°C (homogeneouscond.)± 0.3°C

Accuracy at 100°C (homogeneous cond.)± 1.3°C

Rel. resistance tolerance at 25°C

1%

Response time tau in still water63<4s

Characteristic Application

Features

T [°C]R [Ω]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087uWide measurement range: -55 to 300°C

027,936uVery short response time10

18,187uStrong protection against ambient temperature20

12,136uCompact and robust design25

10,000

30

8,284

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

120

578.1

This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up to
300°C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used as acontrol value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases.
To improve a good protection against the ambient temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel andpartly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very compact design
and its very short response time.

Application
Application-55 to 300°C

140

368.8

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

160

244.4

Bio fuel compatibility

-

180

167.6

200

118.5

220

86.08

240

64.08

260

48.76

280

37.86

300

29.94

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M5x1

Wrench size

8 mm

Installation torque

8 Nm

Weight w/o wire

6g

Sealing

O-Ring 4 x 1 mm

4320 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

4

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

F 02U 000 231-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The NTC M5-HS can be connected directly to most control units using
a pull-up resistance (typically 1 or 3 kΩ) .
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS
Order number F 02U V00 510-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 321

Temperature Sensor NTC M6-H

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Max. power at 25°C

200 mW

Nominal resistance at 25°C

49.12 kΩCharacteristic
Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.84°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 1.5°C

Rel. resistance tolerance at 25°C

8%

Response time tau 63 in still water<7s

Characteristic Application
T [°C]R [Ω]-25657,350-15

365,0400

162,210

This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperaturese.g. oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as a control value for engine control units or as a measurement
value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases.
The sensing element is a lacquer-coated thermistor disk
which is connected via a copper-clad Fe wire to a AWG
24 wire. To improve the response time, the element ismolded into a high performance heat paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination ofboth high quality production part and a robust, compact
design. It is especially designed to measure high temperatures (up to 300°C).

1098,322

25

49,12040

26,06560

12,140

80

6,119

100

3,300

120

1,885

140

1,132

160

710

180

463

Application

200

312

Featuresu

Wide measurement range: -25 to 300°C

Application-25 to 300°C

220

217

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

240

155

Bio fuel compatibility

-

260

113

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 at 5 to 500 Hz

280

85

300

64

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M6x1

Wrench size

10 mmInstallation torque

3 Nm

Weight w/o wire

8.5 g

Sealing

O-Ring 4.47 x 1.78 mm

4

322 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Connectors and Wires

4

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

F 02U 000 231-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The NTC M6-H can be connected directly to most control units using apull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-H
Order number B 261 209 989-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 323

Temperature Sensor NTC M6HS

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25 °C (homogeneous cond.)± 0.3 °C

Accuracy at 100 °C (homogeneous cond.)± 1.3 °C

Rel. resistance tolerance at 25°C

1%

Response time tau 63 in still water<4s

Characteristic Application

Features

T [°C]R [Ω]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087

0

27,936uWide measurement range: -55 to 300°C

1018,187uVery short response time20

12,136uStrong protection against ambient temperature25

10,000u

Robust design

30

8,284

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

110

735.5

120

578.1

130

459.4

140

368.8

150

298.9

160

244.4

170

201.6

180

167.6

This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up to
300 °C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used as acontrol value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases.
To improve a good protection against the ambient temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel andpartly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very robust and compact design and its very short response time.

Application
Application-55 to 300 °C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100 °C

Bio fuel compatibility-

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M6x1

190

140.4

Wrench size

10 mm

200

118.5

Installation torque

8 Nm

210

100.7

Weight w/o wire

6.5 g

220

86.08

Sealing

O-Ring 4.47 x 1.78 mm

230

74.05

240

64.08

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

250

55.75

Nominal resistance at 25 °C

10 kΩ

260

48.76

4

324 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

270

42.87

280

37.86

290

33.59

300

29.94

4

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

F 02U 000 231-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The NTC M6-HS can be connected directly to most control units using
a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS
Order number F 02U V00 486-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 325

Temperature Sensor NTC M8HS

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C (homogeneouscond.)± 0.3°C

Accuracy at 100°C (homogeneous cond.)± 1.3°C

Rel. resistance tolerance at 25°C

1%

Response time tau in still water63<4s

Characteristic Application

Featuresu

Wide measurement range: -55 to 300°C

u

Very short response timeuStrong protection against ambient temperatureu

Robust design

This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up to
300°C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used as acontrol value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases.
To improve a good protection against the ambient temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel andpartly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very robust design
and its very short response time.

Application

T [°C]R [Ω]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087

0

27,936

10

18,18720

12,13625

10,000

30

8,284

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

110

735.5

120

578.1

Application-55 to 300°C

130

459.4

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

140

368.8

Bio fuel compatibility

-

150

298.9

Technical Specifications

160

244.4

Mechanical Data

170

201.6

Male thread

M8x1

180

167.6

Wrench size

12 mm

190

140.4

Installation torque

8 Nm

200

118.5

Weight w/o wire

8g

210

100.7

Sealing

O-Ring 6.35 x 1.78 mm

220

86.08

230

74.05

240

64.08

250

55.75

260

48.76

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance

10 kΩ

4

326 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

270

42.87

280

37.86

290

33.59

300

29.94

4

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

F 02U 000 231-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The NTC M8-HS can be connected directly to most control units using
a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS
Order number F 02U V00 509-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 327

Temperature Sensor NTC M12

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.4°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 3.4°C

Response time tau 63 in still water< 15 sCharacteristic Application

Featuresu

Measurement range: -40 to 130°C

u

Robust design

This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperaturese.g. oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as a control value for engine control units or as a measurement
value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises. The sensing element of thetemperature sensor is made of semiconducting heavy
metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals, which areequipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and a robust compact design.

Application
Application-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range

0 to 100°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22Max. vibration

600 m/s2

T [°C]R [Ω]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

10

3,792

20

2,500

30

1,707

40

1,175

50

834

60

596

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1.5

Wrench size

19 mmConnectors and Wires

Installation torque

25 Nm

Connector

Bosch Jetronic

Weight w/o wire

29 g
Not included

Mating connector
2-pole Jetronic

D 261 205 288-01

Sealing

Pin 1

SIG+

Pin 2

SIG-

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 20°C

2.5 kΩ ± 5 %4328 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Installation Notes
The NTC M12 can be connected directly to most control units using apull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing. www.boschmotorsport.com
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging at our homepage.

4

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M12
Order number 0 280 130 026

Dimensions

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 329

Temperature Sensor NTC M12H

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.4°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 0.8°C

Response time tau 63 in still water< 15 sCharacteristic Application

Features

T [°C]R [Ω]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

10

3,792

u

Measurement range: -40 to 150°C

20

2,500

u

Robust design

30

1,707

40

1,175

50

834

60

596

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperaturese.g. oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as a control value for engine control units or as a measurement
value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises. The sensing element of thetemperature sensor is made of semiconducting heavy
metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals, which areequipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and a robust compact design.

Application
Application-40 to 150°C

140

71

Storage temperature range-30 to 60°C

150

57

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22Max. vibration

300 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1.5

Wrench size

19 mm

Installation torque

18 Nm

Weight w/o wire

28.3 g

Sealing

Al-washer

Electrical Data

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Characteristic

NTC

Mating connector
2-pole Compact

D 261 205 337-01

Nominal resistance at 20°C

2.5 kΩ ± 20°C

Pin 1

SIG+

Pin 2

SIG-

4

330 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Installation Notes
The NTC M12-H can be connected directly to most control units using
a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information

4

Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H
Order number 0 281 002 170

Dimensions

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 331

Temperature Sensor NTC M12L

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.4°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 3.4°C

Response Time tau 63 in still water< 10 sCharacteristic Application

Features

T [°C]R [Ω]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

10

3,792

20

2,500

u

Measurement range: -40 to 140°Cu

Air temperature measurement

30

1,707

u

Robust design

40

1,175

This sensor is designed to measure air temperature e.g.
in the air box or ambient temperature. The signal may
be used as a control value for engine control units or asa measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises. The sensing element of thetemperature sensor is made of semiconducting heavy
metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals, which areequipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and a robust and compact
design.

50

834

60

596

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

Application

140

71

Application-40 to 140°C

Storage temp. range-30 to 60°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22Max. vibration

300 m/s2 at 50 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1.5

Wrench size

19 mm

Installation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

24.6 g

Sealing

Not included

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance ± 5%

2.5 kΩ at 20°C

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
2-pole Jetronic

D 261 205 288-01

Pin 1

SIG+

Pin 2

SIG-

4

332 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Installation Notes
The NTC M12-L can be connected directly to most control units using
a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information

4

Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L
Order number 0 280 130 039

Dimensions

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 333

Temperature Sensor PT 200E

Featuresu

Exhaust gas temperature measurementsuWide measurement range: -40 to 1,000°Cu

Short response time

The PT 200E is designed to measure exhaust gas temperatures up to 1,000°C.
The sensor element has a positive temperature coefficient. This means, that with increasing ambient temperature the conductivity decreases and the resistancerises. The opened housing exposes the sensor directly
into the gas flow in order to improve its performance.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very robust and compact design and its wide measurement range.

-25

181

0

201

25

220

50

239

75

257

100

276

150

313

200

349

250

385

300

420

350

454

400

488

450

521

500

554

550

586

600

618

650

649

700

679

750

709

800

738

850

767

900

795

Application
Application-40 to 1,000°C

Storage temp. range

0 to 100°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M14x1.5

Wrench size

19 mm

Weight w/o wire

55 g

Electrical Data
Characteristic

PTC

Characteristic

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PD-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SD-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

n.c.

Accuracy at -40 to 200°C

± 3°C

Pin 2

SIG+

Relative resistance tolerance at> 200°C± 1.5 %

Pin 3

SIG-

Pin 4

n.c.

Characteristic Application

Pin 5

n.c.

T [°C]R [Ω]Wire size

AWG 24-40

170

Wire length

15 to 100 cm

4334 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Various motorsports and automotive connectors are available on request.

Installation Notes
The PT 200E can be connected directly to most control units using apull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Please check the offer drawing for a correct mounting orientation.

4

Please use the mounting part for a correct fixation of the sensor (notincluded, available on request).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor PT 200E
Order number F 02U V00 811-01
Accessories
Temperature Sensor PT 200E Adapter
Order number F 02U 000 847-01

Dimensions

Temperature Sensor PT 200E

Temperature Sensor PT 200E Adapter

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 335

Temperature Sensors Infrared
TI-16-r/-s

Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1 mmWrench size

14 mmLength housing

28 mm

Weight with wire 1 m

42 g

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5 to 28 V

Max power supply US

28 V

Full scale output UA

0 to 5 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic

Featuresu

Non-contact temperature measurementuMeasurement range: 0 to 160°C

u

Analog output (0 to 5 V)uCompact size and robust housing

This infrared temperature sensor is designed for noncontact surface temperature measurement of various
parts (e.g. tires or cylinder heads) based on IR radiation.
Using ruggedized silicon-coated optics with internal
electronics and cabling packaged inside stainless steel
housing, this sensor measures the emitted infrared radiation of an object and calculates its temperature. The
output signal has a linear characteristic (temperature vs.
output voltage).
The main features of this sensor are its compact size,
robust design, and high signal quality at a low cost. In
addition, it offers the ability to change the temperature
range, the output voltage and emissivity by request.

Application

Emissivity (predefined)

Please see Variations

Optical resolution

10 : 1

Spectral range

8 to 14 µm

Compensated range-20 to 120°C

Temperature resolution at Tobj <
100°C

0.1°C

System accuracy at 23°C tamb or
max. value± 1.5°C or 1.5 %Repeatability at 23°C tamb or
max. value± 0.75°C or 0.75 %Sensitivity

31.25 mV/°C

Offset0 mVConnectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

F 02U 000 231-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Prg

Pin 5

Scr

Application

0 to 160°C

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-20 to 120°C

Operating temp. range (electronics)-20 to 70°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 85°C

Relative humidity

10 to 95 %Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Max. vibration any axis

30 m/s2 at 11 to 200 Hz
500 m/s2, 11 ms shock

SleeveViton

Wire size

AWG 26

Wire length L

70 to 100 cm

Technical Specifications
Variations

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.
TI-16-r

TI-16-s

Optimized formeasuring of

RubberSteel

Emissivity (predefined)

0.95

0.80

4

336 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Installation Notes
The TI-16 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
The temperature measurement range can be changed anywhere in therange of -20°C to160°C per request.
The emissivity can be changed by request.
The predefined emissivity can differ from the real emissivity.

4

To determine the emissivity, please contact Bosch Motorsport for assistance.
The sensor is protected against reverse polarity and short-circuits.
Sensor can be mounted in any orientation.
Do not disconnect the electronics housing from the sensor.
The sensor meets the EMV qualification 89/336/EWG.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated thread.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
To clean the lens, use only a soft, wet (water or water based glasscleaner) cloth -> NO DISSOLVER cleaner!
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
TI-16-r
Order number F 01T A21 207-01
TI-16-sOrder number F 01T A21 209-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 337

Temperature Sensors Infrared
TI-100-s/-c

Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1 mmWrench size

14 mmLength housing

28 mm

Weight with wire 1 m

42 g

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5 to 28 V

Max power supply US

28 V

Full scale output UA

0 to 5 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic

Featuresu

Non-contact temperature measurementuMeasurement range: 0 to 1,000°Cu

Analog output (0 to 5 V)uCompact size and robust housing

This infrared temperature sensor is designed for noncontact surface temperature measurement of various
parts (e.g. tires or cylinder heads) based on IR radiation.
Using ruggedized silicon-coated optics with internal
electronics and cabling packaged inside stainless steel
housing, this sensor measures the emitted infrared radiation of an object and calculates its temperature. The
output signal has a linear characteristic (temperature vs.
output voltage).
The main features of this sensor are its compact size,
robust design, and high signal quality at a low cost. In
addition, it offers the ability to change the temperature
range, the output voltage and emissivity by request.

Application

Emissivity (predefined)

Please see Variations

Optical resolution

10 : 1

Spectral range

8 to 14 µm

Compensated range-20 to 120°C

Temperature resolution at Tobj <
100°C

0.1°C

System accuracy at 23°C tamb or
max. value± 1.5°C or 1.5 %Repeatability at 23°C tamb or max.
value

± 0.75°C or 0.75 %Sensitivity

31.25 mV/°C

Offset0 mVConnectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

F 02U 000 231-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Prg

Pin 5

Scr

Application

0 to 1,000°C

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-20 to 120°C

Operating temp. range (electronics)-20 to 70°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 85°C

Relative humidity

10 to 95 %Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Max. vibration any axis

30 m/s2 at 11 to 200 Hz
500 m/s2, 11 ms shock

SleeveViton

Wire size

AWG 26

Wire length L

70 to 100 cm

Technical Specifications
Variations

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.
TI-100-s

TI-100-C

Optimized formeasuring of

Steel

CarbonEmissivity (predefined)

0.80

0.75

4

338 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Installation Notes
The TI-100 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
The temperature measurement range can be changed anywhere in therange of -20°C to 1,000°C per request.
The emissivity can be changed by request.
The predefined emissivity can differ from the real emissivity.

4

To determine the emissivity, please contact Bosch Motorsport for assistance.
The sensor is protected against reverse polarity and short-circuits.
Sensor can be mounted in any orientation.
Do not disconnect the electronics housing from the sensor.
The sensor meets the EMV qualification 89/336/EWG.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated thread.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
To clean the lens, use only a soft, wet (water or water based glasscleaner) cloth -> NO DISSOLVER cleaner!
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
TI-100-s
Order number F 01T A21 210-01
TI-100-c
Order number F 01T A21 211-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Thermocouple Probes | 339

Thermocouple Probe TCP K

Features

Characteristic Application
Accuracy (max. value)± 1.5 °C or 0.004 * t
T [°C]-200

U [mV]-5.891-100-3.554

0

0.000

100

4.096

200

8.138

300

12.209400

16.397500

20.644600

24.905uThermocouple Type K

700

29.129u

Thermo material: NiCr-Ni

800

33.275uMeasurement range: -200 to 1,000°C (1,300°C)

900

37.326uFlexible mounting depth

1,000

41.276uAnalog output (Thermo voltage)

1,100

45.1191,200

48.8381,300

52.410This sensor is designed to measure exhaust gas temperatures up to 1,300°C.
Thermocouples are temperature sensors, which generates a small temperature corresponding voltage, due totheir thermo electrical behaviour, without any additional
external energy. The mantle thermocouple has a metal
mantle which includes two inner wires made of thermo
material (NiCr-Ni). The wires are isolated.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a very
quick response time, the combination of high quality
production part and robust design with metal housing
and motorsport connector.

Application
Application-200 to 1,000°C (1,300)°C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 at 5 to 500 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PD-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SD-HE

F 02U 000 229-01

Male thread

See adapter

Pin 1

-

Wrench size

See adapter

Pin 2

Sig-

Installation torqueSee adapter

Pin 3

Sig+

Weight with wire

47 g

Pin 4

-

Sensor tip bend radius

R 20

Pin 5

Src

SleeveDR-25

Electrical Data
Voltage supply

NiCr/Ni Typ K

Wire size

AWG 24

Full scale output

DIN IEC 584-1

Wire length L

15 to 75 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

4

340 | Sensors | Thermocouple Probes

Installation Notes
The TCP K can be connected to Bosch Motorsport ECUs with thermocouple inputs (w/o pull-up resistant) or to external devices, which amplify the sensor voltage.
Recommended max. continuous utilization temperature 1,000°C,
short-term utilization temperature 1,300°C.
The sensor can be mounted individually according to the customer request.

4

The sensor tip is flexible/ bendable and can be fixed by a special
adapter (B 261 209 159-01).
The length of the sensor tip can be modified on request.
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Thermocouple Probe TCP K
Order number B 261 209 385-01
Accessories
Thermocouple Probe TCP K Adapter
Order number B 261 209 159-01

Dimensions

Thermocouple Probe TCP K

Thermocouple Probe TCP K Adapter

Sensors | Thermocouple Probes | 341

Thermocouple Probe TCP KA

Electrical Data
Voltage supply

12 V

Full scale output

0 to 5 V

Characteristic Application

Features

Measuring range

0 to 1,250°C

T [°C]

U [mV]

0

0

50

197

100

399

200

793

300

1,190

400

1,598

500

2,012

600

2,427

700

2,839

u

Thermocouple Type K

800

3,243

u

Thermo material: NiCr-Ni

900

3,638

u

Measurement range: 0 to 1,250°C

1,000

4,022

u

Analog output (0 to 5 V)

1,100

4,396

1,200

4,759

1,250

5,000

This sensor is designed to measure exhaust gas temperatures up to 1,250°C.
Thermocouples are temperature sensors, which supply atemperature corresponding voltage, due to its thermoelectric behavior, without any additional external energy
source. The mantle thermocouple has a metal mantle
which includes two inner wires made of thermo material(Ni CrSi - NiSi). The wires are isolated. The voltage isamplified by an electronic circuit, which is powered by
12 V and supplies an output signal from 0 to 5 V. Please
note that the operating temperature of the external
electronics is from 0 to 120°C.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of high quality production part, robust design
and its integrated amplifier.

Application

Connectors and Wires

Application

0 to 1,250°C

Operating temp. range (ext.
electronics)

0 to 120°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight with wire

85 gLength250 mmConnector

F 02U B00 292-01

Mating connector

D 261 205 357-01

Pin 1

Sig

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 75 cm

4

342 | Sensors | Thermocouple Probes

Installation Notes
The TCP KA can be connected to Bosch Motorsport ECUs with a 0 to 5
V analog signal input (w/o pull-up resistor) or to external data logging
devices.
The sensor can be mounted individually according to the customer’s
request.
Please note that the operating temperature range of the external electronics is from 0 to 120°C.

4

Recommended bending radius of the wire of the sensor element isminimum 20 mm to ensure the sensor works properly and for a longer
lifespan of the sensor.
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Thermocouple Probe TCP KA
Order number F 02U V01 664-01
Accessories
Thermocouple Probe TCP KA Adapter
Order number F 02U V01 185-01

Dimensions

Thermocouple Probe TCP KA

Sensors | Thermocouple Probes | 343

4
Thermocouple Probe TCP KA Adapter

344 | Sensors | Thermocouple Probes

Thermocouple Probe TCP KN2Electrical Data
Voltage supply

5 to 16 V

Full scale output

0 to 5 V

Characteristic Application

4

Features

Measuring range

0 to 1,250°C

T [°C]

U [mV]

0

0

50

197

100

399

200

793

300

1,190

400

1,598

500

2,012

600

2,427

u

Thermocouple Type K

700

2,839

u

Thermo material: NiCr-Ni

800

3,243

u

Measurement range: 0 to 1,250°C

900

3,638

u

Analog output (0 to 5 V)

1,000

4,022

1,100

4,396

1,200

4,759

1,250

5,000

This sensor is designed to measure exhaust gas temperatures up to 1,250°C.
Thermocouples are temperature sensors, which supply atemperature corresponding voltage without any additional external energy source. The mantle thermocouple
has a metal mantle which includes two isolated wires
made of thermomaterial NiCr-Ni Type K. The voltage isamplified by an electronic circuit, which is powered by
12 V and supplies an output signal from 0 to 5 V. The
sensing element is protected with a double housing
made of Nimonic 75 to make possible its application before turbo chargers. Please note that the operating temperature of the external electronics is from 0 to 125°C.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of high quality production part, robust design
and its integrated amplifier.

Application
Application

0 to 1,250°C

Operating temp. range (ext.
electronics)

0 to 125°C

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASU 6-03-03PB-HE

Mating connector

ASU 3-03-03SB-HE

Technical Specifications

Pin 1

Power Supply

Mechanical Data

Pin 2

GND

Male thread

M14x1.5

Pin 3

SignalWrench size

17 mm

SleeveDR-25

Installation torque

15 Nm

Wire size

AWG 24Weight with wire

85 g

Wire length L

15 to 75 cm

Length81 mm

Sensors | Thermocouple Probes | 345

Installation Notes
The TCP KN2 can be connected to Bosch Motorsport ECUs with a 0 to
5 V analog signal input (w/o pull-up resistor) or to external data logging devices.
The sensor can be mounted individually according to the customer’s
request.
Please note that the operating temperature range of the external electronics is from 0 to 125°C.
Recommended bending radius of the wire of the sensor element isminimum 20 mm to ensure the sensor works properly and for a longer
lifespan of the sensor.
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
TCP KN2
Order number F 02U V01 469-01

Dimensions

4346 | Sensors | Wire Potentiometers

Wire Potentiometer WP 35

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

1%

Max. current

12 mA

Connectors and Wires

4
Features

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

US

u

Measurement range 0 to 38 mm

Pin 2

Gnd

u

Compact design

Pin 3

Sig

u

Analog output: 0 to 5 V

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 45 cm

The WP 35 is a wire potentiometer which is designed tomeasure position, direction, or rate of motion of moving
mechanical components.
This sensor converts mechanical movement into electrical signal using a stainless steel cable wounded on athreaded drum that is coupled to a precision rotary sensor. Hence the electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact style which allows for flexible and easy installation. Due to its small
size, precise measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.

Application

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The WP 35 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.

Application

0 to 38 mm

Temperature range-65 to 125°C

Max. wire acceleration

290 m/s2

Max. wire tension

1.7 N

Shock

1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms

Vibration

150 m/s2 at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Technical Specifications

Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.
The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.
Do not allow the wire to snap back (freely retract). This will cause
damage and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on thewire at all times.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

15 g

Possible mechanical range

38.1 mmMounting

2 x 2-56 UNC

Tightening torque

2.5 NmLife expectancy

5 x 106 cycles

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

19.1 x 19.1 x 9.7 mm

Wire Potentiometer WP 35
Order number B 261 209 541

Sensors | Wire Potentiometers | 347

Dimensions

4348 | Sensors | Wire Potentiometers

Wire Potentiometer WP 50

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.5 %Max. current

12 mA

Connectors and Wires

4

Featuresu

Measurement range: 0 to 50 mm

uCompact designuAnalog output: 0 to 5 V

The WP 50 is a wire potentiometer which is designed tomeasure position, direction, or rate of motion of moving
mechanical components.
This sensor converts mechanical movement into electrical signal using a stainless steel cable wounded on athreaded drum that is coupled to a precision rotary sensor. Hence the electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact style which allows for flexible and easy installation. Due to its small
size, precise measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 45 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The WP 50 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.

Application
Application

0 to 50 mm

Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.

Temperature range-65 to 125°C

Max. wire acceleration

400 m/s

The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.

Max. wire tension

3.3 N

Shock

1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms

Vibration

150 m/s2 at 10 to 2,000 Hz

2

Technical Specifications

Do not allow the wire to snap back (freely retract). This will cause
damage and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on thewire at all times.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

15 g

Possible mechanical range

50.8 mmMounting

2 x 2-56 UNC

Tightening torque

2.5 NmLife expectancy

100 x 106 cycles

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

Ø 24.4 x 11.4 mm

Wire Potentiometer WP 50
Order number B 261 209 542

Sensors | Wire Potentiometers | 349

Dimensions

4350 | Sensors | Wire Potentiometers

Wire Potentiometer WP 75

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.5 %Max. current

12 mA

Connectors and Wires

4

Featuresu

Measurement range: 0 to 75 mm

uCompact designuAnalog output: 0 to 5 V

The WP 75 is a wire potentiometer which is designed tomeasure position, direction, or rate of motion of moving
mechanical components.
This sensor converts mechanical movement into electrical signal using a stainless steel cable wounded on athreaded drum that is coupled to a precision rotary sensor. Hence the electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact style which allows for flexible and easy installation. Due to its small
size, precise measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 45 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The WP 75 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.

Application
Application

0 to 75 mm

Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.

Temperature range-65 to 125°C

Max. wire acceleration

170 m/s

The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.

Max. wire tension

2.8 N

Shock

1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms

Vibration

150 m/s2 at 10 to 2,000 Hz

2

Technical Specifications

Do not allow the wire to snap back (freely retract). This will cause
damage and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on thewire at all times.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

28 g

Possible mechanical range

76.2 mmMounting

2 x 2-56 UNC

Tightening torque

2.5 NmLife expectancy

100 x 106 cycles

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

Ø 24.4 x 11.4 mm

Wire Potentiometer WP 75
Order number B 261 209 543

Sensors | Wire Potentiometers | 351

Dimensions

4352 | Sensors | Wire Potentiometers

Wire Potentiometer WP 100

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.5 %Max. current

12 mA

Connectors and Wires

4
Featuresu

Measurement range: 0 to 100 mm

uCompact designuAnalog output: 0 to 5 V

The WP 100 is a wire potentiometer which is designed
to measure position, direction, or rate of motion of moving mechanical components.
This sensor converts mechanical movement into electrical signal using a stainless steel cable wounded on athreaded drum that is coupled to a precision rotary sensor. Hence the electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact style which allows for flexible and easy installation. Due to its small
size, precise measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 45 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes

Application
Application

0 to 100 mm

The WP 100 can be connected directly to most electronic control
units and data logging systems.

Temperature range-65 to 125°C

Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.

Max. wire acceleration

90 m/s2

Max. wire tension

3.3 N

The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.

Shock

1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms

Vibration

150 m/s2 at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Do not allow the wire to snap back (freely retract). This will cause
damage and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on thewire at all times.

Technical Specifications

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Mechanical Data

Ordering Information

Weight w/o wire

57 g

Possible mechanical range

101.6 mmMounting

2 x 2-56 UNC

Tightening torque

2.5 NmLife expectancy

100 x 106 cycles

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

Ø 43.3 x 12.5 mm

Wire Potentiometer WP 100
Order number B 261 209 544

Sensors | Wire Potentiometers | 353

Dimensions

4354 | Sensors | Wire Potentiometers

Wire Potentiometer WP 120

Resistance tolerance

0.15 %

Non-linearity

1%

Connectors and Wires

4

Featuresu

Measurement range: 0 to 120 mmuCompact designuAnalog output: 0 to 5 V

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 45 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

The WP 120 is a wire potentiometer which is designed
to measure position, direction or rate of motion of moving mechanical components.
This sensor converts mechanical movement into electrical signal using a stainless steel cable wounded on athreaded drum that is coupled to a precision rotary sensor. Hence the electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact style which allows for flexible and easy installation. Due to its small
size, precise measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.

Application
Application

0 to 120 mm

Temperature range-15 to 60°C

Max. wire tension

2.2 N

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The WP 120 can be connected directly to most electronic control
units and data logging systems.
Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.
The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.
Do not allow the wire to snap back (freely retract). This will cause
damage and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on thewire at all times.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Wire Potentiometer WP 120
Order number F 01T A21 250

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

85 g

Possible mechanical range

120 mmMounting

2 x Ø 4 & Ø 4.8

Life expectancy

1 x 106 cycles

Dimensions

45.7 x 44.5 x 59.7 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

25 V

Nominal resistance

1 kΩ

Sensors | Wire Potentiometers | 355

Dimensions

4356 | Sensors | Wire Potentiometers

Wire Potentiometer WP 125

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

Ø 50.5 x 13.2 mm

Electrical Data

4

Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.5 %Max. current

12 mA

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

US

u

Measurement range: 0 to 125 mm

Pin 2

Gnd

u

Compact design

Pin 3

Sig

u

Analog output: 0 to 5 V

Pin 4

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 45 cm

The WP 125 is a wire potentiometer which is designed
to measure position, direction, or rate of motion of moving mechanical components.
This sensor converts mechanical movement into electrical signal using a stainless steel cable wounded on athreaded drum that is coupled to a precision rotary sensor. Hence the electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact style which allows for flexible and easy installation. Due to its small
size, precise measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.

Application

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The WP 125 can be connected directly to most electronic control
units and data logging systems.
Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.

Application

0 to 125 mm

Temperature range-65 to 125°C

Max. wire acceleration

80 m/s2

Max. wire tension

2.8 N

Shock

1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms

Vibration

150 m/s at 10 to 2,000 Hz

The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.
Do not allow the wire to snap back (freely retract). This will cause
damage and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on thewire at all times.

2

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information

Technical Specifications

Wire Potentiometer WP 125
Order number B 261 209 545

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

85 g

Possible mechanical range

127.5 mmMounting

2 x 2-56 UNC

Tightening torque

2.5 NmLife expectancy

100 x 106 cycles

Sensors | Wire Potentiometers | 357

Dimensions

4358 | Sensors | Wire Potentiometers

4Brake Control

5

ABS

360

360 | Brake Control | ABS

Electrical Data

ABS M4 Kit

Supply voltage

8 to 16 V, max. 26 V for 5 min

Max. peak voltage

35 V for 200 ms

Power consumption

8 W stand-by, 230 W in operation

Inputs4 active wheel speed DF11
Brake pressure (front brake circuit)Longitudinal acceleration
Lateral acceleration

5

Yaw rate
Brake light switch
12 position function switch:

Featuresu

Suitable for front-wheel, rear-wheel and fourwheel drive vehicles

The ABS M4 kit is developed for the operation in front-,
rear- or 4-wheel drive vehicles. A vehicle specific wire
harness is included in the kit. The ABS M4 is specifically
adapted for motorsports use. Individual car parameters
can be calibrated with software free of charge.

• 9 switch positions preconfigured• 2 switch positions programmable• 1 switch position for ABS
function OFF

Outputs
ABS warning light (MIL)
Control of internal ABS valves
Control of pump motor

Technical Specifications

Optional Accessories

Variations

Additional package ASR (Traction control), includes software,
map switch and CAN module

on request

Additional package EBD (Electronic Brake force Distribution)

on request

Mechanical Data

Communication interface
MSA Box II

F 02U V00 327-01

Hydraulic unit with attached ECU

Wheel speed signal splitters:

ABS M4 Kit 1

ABS M4 Kit 2

Customer specific wire harness
with motorsport connectors,
wheel speed sensors with production-type connectors

Customer specific wire harness
with motorsport connectors,
wheel speed sensors with motorsport connectors

Vibration damped circuit board
38 pin connector
2 hydraulic valves per wheel
2 brake circuits (front and rear)
2 hydraulic high pressure pumps
2 hydraulic accumulators 3 cm3/each• Single, without connectors

F 02U V00 225-01• Single, motorsport connectors

F 02U V00 209-01• Quad, 2 motorsport connectors

F 02U V00 203-03• Quad, 1 motorsport connector

F 02U V00 335-03

Standard fittings

2 x master cylinders M12 x 1
4 x brake cylinders M10 x 1

Data logger C 50

F 02U V01 164-01

Size

125 x 80.3 x 129.6 mm

Display DDU 7

F 02U V01 130-01

Weight1,850 gCommunication

Operating temperature-30 to 130°C

CAN interface

Max. shock

50 g less than 6 ms

Content of Kit
Hydraulic unit with attached ECU
Pressure sensor

Brake Control | ABS | 361

Yaw/acceleration sensor
12 position function switch
4 wheel speed sensors DF11 standard
ABS warning light
Vehicle specific wire harness
Vibrations damping boards

Ordering Information
ABS M4 Kit 1
Order number F 02U V00 289-01
ABS M4 Kit 2
Order number F 02U V00 290-01

Dimensions

Wheel Speed Sensor

5362 | Brake Control | ABS

5

Displays

6

Displays364

364 | Displays | Displays

Display DDU 7

Logged data download speed

Max. 1,000 kB/s

Internal storage capacity

2 GB

FM 40 long range telemetry support, GSM telemetry support
RS232 GPS input
CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration
protocol (optional)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

148 x 126 x 32 mm

Weight440 g

Dust and splash water proof housing

6

Operating temperature internal-20 to 85°C

Operating temperature Display-20 to 70°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

FeaturesuFreely programmable dash logger

Electrical Datau

Large trans-reflective multi colour display

Supply voltage

8 to 18 VuLight weight synthetic material housing

14 W at 14 Vu

Recording on USB flash drive (opt.)

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)The display DDU 7 integrates a programmable colour
dash board display with a data logging system for motorsport applications. This allows for synchronized acquisition and visualization of engine data from the ECU
and chassis data from 6 analogue and 4 digital input
channels. Additional input devices can be connected via
Ethernet and CAN buses. Recorded data from the internal 2 GB flash memory can be downloaded via highspeed Ethernet.

Application
Display• 5,7” graphic colour display• 12 user configurable
display pages• 10 multicolor freely
configurable (RGB)
LEDs

Resolution

640 x 480 pixel

Supported image file formats

Bmp, gif, jpg, png, tif

Converters

8 kHz AD converters with digital
low pass filter

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out messages
Sampling rate

Max. 1,000 Hz for all channels

InputsPage/brightness selection

2

Analog channels

6Wheel speed inputs (Hall-effect)

4

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kOhmDF 11 inputs

On request

Outputs

Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 % (350mA)

1

Sensor supply 10 V ± 1 % (350mA)

1

Environment
External switch for page selection, 12 steps

B 261 209 658-01

External switch for brightness adjustment or page selection, 6
steps

B 261 209 659-01

USB flash drive and connector are available on request

Online data compression
Logging rate

Max. 100 kB/s

Recording channels

Up to 720 per connected device

Software Upgrade 1

Displays | Displays | 365

USB-Port unlocked (Rugged USB
flash drive 2 GB Bosch File System (BFS) format included, works
with Bosch File System (BFS)
preformatted USB Flash drive only)

F 02U V01 133-02

Software Upgrade 2
CCP-Master (ASAP2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)

F 02U V01 134-01

Adapter cable to USB-Port included

F 02U V01 343-01

Adapter for wiring harness included

F 02U 002 996-01

Connectors and Wires
Motorsport connector
AS 2-14-35PN at DDU7

37 pins

Mating connector
AS 6-14-35SN

F 02U 000 453-01

Installation Notes
The required software (.pst file) for this device is available in thedownload area of our homepage www.bosch-motorsport.com.

Communication
CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

1

Laptrigger input

1

RS232

Telemetry, GPS

Configuration via RaceCon

Over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

Ordering Information
Display DDU 7
Order number F 02U V01 130-04
Software Options
SW Upgrade 1
Order number F 02U V01 133-02
SW Upgrade 2
Order number F 02U V01 134-01

6

366 | Displays | Displays

Display DDU 8

Recording channels

Up to 720 per connected device

Logged data download speed

Max. 1,000 kB/s

3-port network switch
CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration
protocol (optional)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

6

Size

161 x 111 x 31 (49) mm

Weight675 g

Operating temperature internal-20 to 60°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data

Featuresu

Full programmable multi colour displayu

2 GB dash logger (opt.)u

Recording on USB flash drive (opt.)uMulti colour (RGB) gearshift lights

The display DDU 8 integrates a programmable full colour
dash board display with a data logging system for motorsports applications. This allows for synchronized acquisition and visualization of engine data from the ECU
and chassis data from up to 24 analogue and 4 digital input channels. Additional input devices can be connected
via the ethernet and CAN buses. Recorded data from theinternal 2 GB logger (opt.) can be downloaded via highspeed ethernet or via wireless connection with the
BT 60 burst telemetry system.
As a base system the DDU 8 is sold as display only. Software upgrades for the DDU 8 (field upgradable by entering a key) activate data logger functionality, additional
recording on USB flash drive, CCP-master and additional
input channels.

Supply voltage

8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)

14 W at 14 V

InputsPage/brightness selection

2

Analog channels

4

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kΩ

Outputs
PWM outputs (Low side switch 2
A each)4

Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 % (350mA)

1SoftwareConfiguration via RaceCon over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

Application
Display• 5” graphic colour display• Multiple user configurable display pages• 10 multi colour (RGB)
gearshift lights

Environment
External switch for page selection, 12 steps

B 261 209 658-01
B 261 209 659-01

Resolution

800 x 480 high resolution pixel

External switch for brightness
adjustment or page selection, 6
steps

Supported image file formats

Bmp, gif, jpg, png, tif

USB flash drive and connector are available on request.

Converters

8 kHz AD converters with digital
low pass filter

Adapter cable to USB-Port included

F 02U V01 343-01

Adapter for wiring harness included

F 02U 002 996-01

Software Upgrade 1

F 02U V00 701-01

Activation of internal data logger

2 GB

Telemetry support

BT 60

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out messages
Sampling rate

Max. 1,000 Hz for all channels

Online data compression
Logging rate

Max. 300 kB/s

Displays | Displays | 367

Long range telemetry support

FM 40

Software Options

Interface for telemetry (on yellow connector)

RS232

SW Upgrade 1
Order number F 02U V00 701-01

Software Upgrade 2

F 02U V00 702-01

SW Upgrade 2
Order number F 02U V00 702-01

Yellow connector unlocked

SW Upgrade 3
Order number F 02U V00 796-01

GPS input
Additional analog channels

20

Additional rotational channels(Input Hall/inductive)4

Additional sensor supplies 5 V ±
1 % (350 mA each)

3

Additional sensor supply 10 V ±
1 % (350 mA)

1

Additional sensor supply 12 V (1A) non regulated

1

Interface for GPS

RS232

Software Upgrade 3

F 02U V00 796-01

CCP-Master (ASAP2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)
Software Upgrade 4

F 02U V00 871-02

USB-Port unlocked (Rugged USB
flash drive 2 GB Bosch File System (BFS) format included,
works with Bosch File System(BFS) preformatted USB Flashdrive only)

Connectors and Wires
Motorsport connectors, double
density2 x 41 pins

Mating connector (red)AS DD 6-12-41SN

F 02U 002 216-01

Mating connector (yellow)
AS DD 6-12-41SA

F 02U 004 180-01

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included
Required service interval: 12 months (replacement of internal battery)
The required software (.pst file) for this device is available in thedownload area of our homepage www.bosch-motorsport.com.

Communication
CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

3

Lap trigger input (on yellow connector, always open)

1

Ordering Information
Display DDU 8
Order number F 02U V00 873-05

SW Upgrade 4
Order number F 02U V00 871-02

6

368 | Displays | Displays

6

Data Logging Systems

7

Data Loggers

370

Lap Trigger Systems

380

Sensor Interfaces

385

Telemetry389

Telemetry Accessories

398

370 | Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers

CardMemory C 40/C 40 Plus

Optional Functionality
15 analog inputs with 10 bit resolution and 5 ms sample rate time (only C 40 Plus)
1 inductive crankshaft sensor interface
Sensor supply outputs

5 V/100 mA
10 V/100 mA

Calibration functions are realized with an additional software tool.

Environment

Features7

Flash card 128 MB

F 01E B01 105-01

Flash card 256 MB

F 01E B01 106-01

Flash card 512 MB

F 01E B01 107-01

Flash card 1,024 MB

F 01E B01 108-01

u

Data storage on compact flash card

Flash card 2,048 MB

F 01E B01 109-01

uData transfer via CAN

Memory adapter (red; incl.)

B 261 206 864-01

uExtended models available

C 40 adapter cable

B 261 209 433

The CardMemory is a device used for data logging. The
basic model C 40 is designed for data transfer via CAN
for Bosch Motorsport ECUs. The extended model
C 40 Plus is developed to read in additional 15 analog
signals and 1 rev signal. The measured data are stored
on a removable compact flash card (not included).
The memory adapter (red) is included in delivery.

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector
AS 0-14-35 SN

F 02U 000 268-01

Installation Notes
Important: Removable storage media must be inspected and serviced
at regular intervals. Flash cards are slower and age faster than hard
drives. We recommend checking flash cards regularly and replacing
them after two years.

Application
Compatible ECUs
MS 3 Sport

Internal battery for data preservation included.

MS 4 Sport

Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).

MS 4.4 Sport

Communication

Technical Specifications

1 CAN interface

Mechanical Data

Ordering Information

Aluminum housing

Data Logger CardMemory C 40
Order number F 01T A20 403-01

Flexible housing fixation points
Size

150 x 90 x 22 mm

Weight330 g

Operating temperature-40 to 75°C

Max. vibration

15 g sinus at 20 Hz to 2 kHz for t <5hElectrical Data
Max. power consumption

7 W at 14 V

1 microcontroller with 16 bit organization
Real time clock
Non volatile flash card memory
Total calculation capacity approximately 10 MIPS

Data Logger CardMemory C 40 Plus
Order number B 261 206 860
Data Logger CardMemory C 40 Plus incl. SW Chassis
AdjustOrder number B 261 206 880-02

Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers | 371

Data Logging Accessories

Memory adapter (red)Order number B 261 206 864-01
Flash card adapter
Order number B 261 205 814-01
Software Chassis Adjust
Order number B 261 206 870
C 40 adapter wire
Order number B 261 209 433

Compact flash cards, adapters and drivers are necessary to use the CardMemory. For some optional functions
additional wires and software are on offer.
Compact flash cards are offered with a storage capacityof up to 2,048 MB. The compact flash card adapter isused to insert the card to the PCMCIA slot of the PC fordata download and card formatting.
In conjunction with the memory C 40 Plus, a softwaretool for additional calibration functions is offered. Together with an individual wiring harness it is possible tocalibrate further sensors for chassis data logging. To
connect memory C 40 to the vehicle wiring harness the
special C 40 adapter wire is necessary.

Application
Humidity

5 to 95 %, non condensing

Vibration

15 g peak to peakShock

Max. 2.0 g

Installation Notes
Important: Removable storage media must be inspected and serviced
at regular intervals. Flash cards are slower and age faster than hard
drives. We recommend checking flash cards regularly and replacing
them after two years.

Ordering Information
Flash card 128 MB
Order number F 01E B01 105-01
Flash card 256 MB
Order number F 01E B01 106-01
Flash card 512 MB
Order number F 01E B01 107-01
Flash card 1,024 MB
Order number F 01E B01 108-01
Flash card 2,048 MB
Order number F 01E B01 109-01

7

372 | Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers

Data Logger C 50

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

148 x 126 x 16 mm

Weight

300 g

Operating temperature (internal)-20 to 60°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data
8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)

14 W at 14 V

InputsFeatures7

Supply voltage

Analog channels

8uFreely programmable dash logger

Wheel speed input (Hall-effect)4uLight weight synthetic material housing

Input range

0 to 5 Vu

Recording on USB flash drive (opt.)

Resolution

12 bitu

One motorsports connector

Switchable pull up resistor

3 kΩ

DF11 inputs

On request

The data logger C 50 is a data logging system for motorsport applications. It allows for synchronized acquisitionof engine data from the ECU and chassis data from 6 analog and 4 digital wheel speed input channels. Additional input devices can be connected via Ethernet and CAN
buses. Recorded data from the internal 2 GB flash memory can be downloaded via high speed Ethernet.

Application
Converters

8 kHz AD converters with digital
low pass filter

Outputs

Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 % (350mA)

1

Sensor supply 10 V ± 1 % (350mA)

1

Environment

Configurable math channels

USB flash drive and connector are available on request

User configurable CAN in/out messages

Software Upgrade 1

Sampling rate

USB-Port unlocked (Rugged USB
flash drive 2 GB Bosch File System (BFS) format included,
works with Bosch File System(BFS) preformatted USB Flashdrive only)

Max. 1,000 Hz for all channels

Online data compression
Logging rate

Max. 100 kB/s

Recording channels

Up to 720 per connected device

Logged data download speed

Max. 1,000 kB/s

Internal storage capacity

2 GB

F 02U V01 133-02

Software Upgrade 2
CCP-Master (ASAP2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)

F 02U V01 134-01
F 02U V01 343-01

RS232 GPS input

Adapter cable to USB-Port included

CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration
protocol (optional)

Adapter for wiring harness included

F 02U 002 996-01

FM 40 long range telemetry support, GSM telemetry support

Connectors and Wires
Motorsport connector
AS 2-14-35PN at C 50

37 pins

Mating connector
AS 6-14-35SN

F02U 000 453-01

Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers | 373

Installation Notes
The required software (.pst file) for this device is available in thedownload area of our homepage www.bosch-motorsport.com.

Communication
CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

1

Lap trigger input

1

RS232

Telemetry, GPS

Configuration via RaceCon

Over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

Ordering Information
Data Logger C 50
Order number F 02U V01 164-04
Software Options
SW Upgrade 1
Order number F 02U V01 133-02
SW Upgrade 2
Order number F 02U V01 134-01

7

374 | Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers

Data Logger C 60

RS232 GPS input
CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration
protocol (optional)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

105 x 34.5 x 137.5 mm

Weight495 g

Operating temperature (internal)-20 to 65°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Features7uCompact and light weight data loggeruAluminum housingu

Recording on USB flash drive (opt.)u

Two motorsports connectors

The data logger C 60 is a compact and light weight data
logging system for motorsport applications. This allows
for synchronized acquisition of engine data from the
ECU and chassis data from up to 26 analog and 4 digital
input channels. Additional input devices can be connected via Ethernet and CAN buses. Recorded data fromthe internal 2 GB flash memory can be downloaded via
high speed Ethernet or via wireless connection with the
BT 60 burst telemetry system.
As a base system the C 60 is sold as data logger only.
The software upgrades for the C 60 (field upgradable byentering a key) activate additional recording on USB
Flash drive, CCP-Master and additional input channels.

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)

10 W at 14 V

InputsAnalog channels

6

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kΩ

Outputs
PWM outputs (low side switch 2
A each)4

Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 % (250mA)

1

Environment

Software Upgrade 1
8 kHz AD converters with digital
low pass filter

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out messages
Sampling rate

8 to 18 V

USB Flash drive and connector are available on request

Application
Converters

Supply voltage

Max. 1,000 Hz for all channels

Online data compression

GPS input
Additional analog channels

20

Rotational channels (input Hall/
inductive)4

Additional sensor supply 5 V(250 mA each)3

Logging rate

Max. 300 kB/s

Sensor supply 10 V (250 mA)

1

Recording channels

Up to 720 per connected device

Sensor supply 12 V (1 A), nonregulated

1

Logged data download speed

Max. 1,000 kB/s

RS232

GPS

Internal storage capacity

2 GB

3-port network switch
BT 60 WLAN burst telemetry support
FM 40 long range telemetry support, GSM telemetry support

F 02U V00 703-01
Software Upgrade 2
CCP-Master (ASAP 2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)
Software Upgrade 3

F 02U V00 797-01

Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers | 375

USB-Port unlocked (Rugged USB
flash drive 2 GB Bosch File System (BFS) format included,
works with Bosch File System(BFS) preformatted USB Flashdrive only)

F 02U V00 872-02

Adapter cable to USB-Port included

F 02U V01 343-01

Adapter for wiring harness included

F 02U 002 996-01

Connectors and Wires
Motorsports connectors double
density2 x 41 pins

Mating connector I
AS-DD 6-12-41SN

F 02U 002 216-01

Mating connector II
AS-DD 6-12-41SA

F 02U 004 180-01

Installation Notes

7

Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
The required software (.pst file) for this device is available in thedownload area of our homepage www.bosch-motorsport.com.

Communication
Configuration via RaceCon over Ethernet or MSA-Box II
CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

3

RS232

Telemetry

Lap trigger input

1

Ordering Information
Data Logger C 60
Order number F 02U V00 875-03
Software Options
SW Upgrade 1
Order number F 02U V00 703-01
SW Upgrade 2
Order number F 02U V00 797-01
SW Upgrade 3
Order number F 02U V00 872-02

376 | Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers

Data Logging System DLS
The Data Logging System (DLS) is a scalable, versatile,and flexible measurement system for conditioning andacquisition of sensor data in a race car. The DLS product family consists of several hardware and software
components which allow easy adoption to various measurement requirements.
Core component of the DLS is the C 55 data logger. It
performs system configuration and management tasks
and also serves as a communication hub for the PC configuration software. The C 55 communicates via its network interfaces with the ECU and up to eight MSI 55
sensor interface boxes to enable synchronized acquisition of engine and chassis data. The MSI 55 sensor interfaces provide high quality signal conditioning and data conversion functionality.
Additionally the FM 40 telemetry transmitter and the BT
60 burst telemetry device can be connected.

7Technical Specifications
High measuring accuracy by 12 bits A/D converter resolution and tenfold oversamplingHigh recording rate up to 1 ms
High recording duration by CF card up to 1 GB
Online compression of measurement data
Highly linear analog and digital filters
Modular concept allows scalable system
Synchronized acquisition of ECU and chassis channels
Connectivity and data transfer via telemetry
Online calibration and system diagnosis with RaceCon (included)

Components
Data logger, system manager

C 55

Burst telemetry

BT 60, BR 60

Online telemetry

FM 40

Modular sensor interface

MSI 55

DLS configuration software

RaceCon

System software

RaceCon, WinDarab

Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers | 377

Dimensions

7

378 | Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers

Connectors and Wires

Upgrade USB

Pin layout for connection to vehicle loom (see also Dimensions)Features7uCapacity 2 GBu

Robust brass housinguHigh performance push-pull connector

The Bosch Motorsport rugged USB flash drive is securely mounted within a rugged brass housing designed toprovide full protection against extreme environmental
conditions. The USB flash drive is IP68 protected and isresistant to extreme operating temperatures (-30 to85°C). The USB flash drive is equipped with a rugged
protection cap.
The upgrade USB also contains an adapter cable toUSB-port and a connection socket to your wiring harness.

Application
Operating temperature range-30 to 85°C

Protection class

IP68

Tightening torque of Backnut forconnection socket

1.5 to 2.0 Nm

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 3 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Housing material

Brass

Weight42 gLength72 mmBore diameter

15.5 mmElectrical Data
Capacity

2 GB

Specification

USB 1.1/2.0

Data rate

USB 2.0 up to 480 MBit/s

Pin 1

Data -

Pin 2

+5V

Pin 3

GND

Pin 4

Data +

Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers | 379

Installation Notes
The USB flash drive should be fixed on a soft surface to reduce thestress on the USB flash drive.
Required Software upgrades:
SW upgrade 1 for DDU 7

F 02U V01 133-02

SW upgrade 4 for DDU 8

F 02U V00 871-02

SW upgrade 2 for C 50

F 02U V01 134-01

SW upgrade 3 for C 60

F 02U V00 872-02

Ordering Information
Rugged USB flash drive
Order number F 02U V01 342-01
Adapter cable to USB port
Order number F 02U V01 343-01
Connection socket to wiring harness
Order number F 02U 002 996-01

Dimensions

7

380 | Data Logging Systems | Lap Trigger Systems

Lap Trigger HF 58 Receiver

nal parameters. If the trigger condition is detected, thereceiver generates the appropriate output signal(main/sub trigger).
The trigger point is located at broadside of the transmitter antenna. After detecting the trigger point and releasing the trigger signal the receiver is passive for a periodof 0.5 seconds avoiding a multiple trigger signal. When atrigger is detected the output pin goes low for a certaintime:-20 msec low at main trigger-40 msec low at sub trigger
Standard output configuration: Low side switch with internal pull-up (R = 2.5 kOhm to +5 VDC). External pullup to VBat allowed

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

7

FeaturesSize

86 x 20 x 69 mm

Weight127 g

Ambient temperature-20 to 85°C

Electrical DatauHigh reliability, even in bad weather conditions

Power consumption

1.3 W

u

16 independent channels

Supply voltage

6 to 18 VuMain and sub trigger

Connectors and Wires

This lap trigger system HF 58 consists of a high frequency transmitter station and a receiver which is installed in
the car.
The system allows an exact lap time measurement. Section time measurement for comparison of different car
setups is also available if several transmitters are used.

Application

Connector

ASX0-02-03PN

Pin 1

Power supply +

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

Trigger out

Installation Notes

Antenna gain

6 dBi

Angle azimuth

40°

Angle elevation

90°

Sensitivity-60 dBm

Packet size

32 BitPositioning of the receiver inside the car: The connector side has to bepositioned in direction to the front or back of the car as shown indrawing No. 2 (see Dimensions). It must not be positioned with theconnector pointing up- or downwards.

Packet repetition frequency

0,5 msGreen or blue indicator flashes when it detects a trigger condition.

Working frequency band

5,795 to 5,815 GHz

Frequency channels

16

Output driver (switching to
GND)

10 mA

Output signal main trigger (Puls)

20 ms active low

Output signal sub trigger (Puls)

40 ms active low

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1

Functions
The transmitter sends coded signals across the race
track via the directional antenna. The receiver at therace car permanently checks the team code and the sig-

The white antenna radome must be turned to the transmitter side (seeDimensions) and must not be mounted behind metallic covers or carbon fiber filled elements.

Ordering Information
Lap Trigger HF 58 Receiver
Order number F 02U V00 946-03

Data Logging Systems | Lap Trigger Systems | 381

Dimensions

7

382 | Data Logging Systems | Lap Trigger Systems

Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter

Charging time

<4h

Running time

Approx. 30 h

Electrical Data
Power consumption

1.5 W

Supply voltage

6 to 18 V

Connectors and Wires

Features7uHigh reliability, even in bad weather conditionsu

16 independent channelsuMain and sub triggeruInternal Li-ion battery optionaluExternal supply possible

This lap trigger system HF 58 consists of a high frequency transmitter station and a receiver which is installed in
the car.
The system allows an exact lap time measurement. Section time measurement for comparison of different car
setups is also available if several transmitters are used.

Connector

ASL 0-06-05PD-HE

Pin 1

Power supply +

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

Charge input +

Pin 4

n.c.

Pin 5

n.c.

Installation Notes
The white antenna radome points to the car as shown in the drawing(see Dimensions) and must not be mounted behind metallic covers or
carbon fiber filled elements.
Red LED shows low battery condition.
Charge control shows:Application
Working frequency band

5,795 to 5,815 GHz

Frequency channels

16

Angle azimuth

11°

Angle elevation

90°

Transmission power+10 dBm

Antenna gain

15 dBi

Side lobe suppression>30 dB

Functions
The transmitter sends coded signals across the race
track via the directional antenna. The receiver at therace car permanently checks the signal parameters. If
the trigger condition is detected, the receiver generates
the appropriate beacon signal (main/sub trigger). The
trigger point is located at broadside of the transmitter
antenna.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

70 x 340 x 100 mm

Weight

1,020 gAmbient temperature-20 to 60°C

Option: internal accumulator
Additional weight350 g• blue when charging• green when battery full
• red on power or battery
failureOrdering Information
Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter
Order number F 02U V00 945-02
Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter with internal battery
and charger
Order number F 02U V01 042-02

Dimensions

Data Logging Systems | Lap Trigger Systems | 383

Lap Trigger IR-02 Receiver

Installation Notes
Same height between receiver and transmitter
Visibility connection between receiver and transmitter
Avoid direct exposure to sunlight

Ordering Information
IR-02 Receiver KPSE 6E8 3AP DN A34
Order number B 261 206 884-03
IR-02 Receiver ASL-6-06-05PD-HE
Order number B 261-206 887-01
IR-02 Receiver KPTA 6E6-4P-C-DN
Order number B 261 206 888-01

FeaturesuInfrared

u

39 g

u

15 m working rangeuDifferent connectors available

7

This lap trigger system consists of an infrared transmitter station and a receiver installed in the car. The system allows an exact lap time measurement.
Section time measurement for comparison of different
car setups is also available if several transmitters areused.
The receiver output signal pin is switched to ground for
20 ms when the car passes the main transmitter.
Notice: our old lap trigger IR is not compatible with
IR-02. If both lap triggers are used at the same time, thetransmitters have to be positioned with a minimum distance of 5 m.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

42 x 20 x 10 mm

Weight39 g

Aluminum housing

Electrical Data
Frequency codes

16

Supply voltage

8 to 16 V

Output voltage

5V

Working range

15 m

Working temperature-25 to 70°C

Connectors and Wires
Pin 1/A

V+ (Battery voltage)

Pin 2/B

GND

Pin 3/C

Trigger signal

384 | Data Logging Systems | Lap Trigger Systems

Lap Trigger IR-02 Transmitter

Ordering Information
Lap Trigger IR-02 Transmitter
Order number B 261 206 890-01

Features7uInfrared

u

124 g

u

15 m working range

This lap trigger system consists of an infrared transmitter station and a receiver installed in the car. The system allows an exact lap time measurement.
Section time measurement for comparison of different
car setups is also available if several transmitters areused.
The receiver output signal pin is switched to ground for
20 ms when the car passes the main transmitter.
Notice: our old lap trigger IR is not compatible with
IR-02. If both lap triggers are used at the same time, thetransmitters have to be positioned with a minimum distance of 5 m.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size with diode90 x 40 x 28 mm

Weight124 g

Aluminum housing

Electrical Data
Frequency codes

16 plus 16 offset codes for section times

Supply voltage

8 to 16 V

Working range

15 m

Working temperature-25 to 70°C

Installation Notes
Same height between receiver and transmitter
Visibility connection between receiver and transmitter
Avoid direct exposure to sunlightData Logging Systems | Sensor Interfaces | 385

Extended Module EM-LIN

Features

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

-

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

ConfigConnector 2 (green)

ASU 0-03-05SD-HE

Mating connector
ASU 6-03-05PD-HE

F 02U 000 399-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

LIN

Please note: the EM-LIN must be powered by one connector only.
u

LIN Master

u

53 g

Installation Notes

The extended module EM-LIN is a LIN-Master designed
to allow an on-line adjustment of the alternator regulator parameters e.g. alternator voltage, load response
time, cut-off speed and current limitation.
The EM-LIN is designed with a microcontroller in combination with a LIN and a CAN transceiver. The electronics
power supply is managed by a voltage regulator. In addition, an analog input is accessible on one connector. Its
robust aluminum housing provides an effective protection for the electronics.
Further functions (e.g. CAN function) and application
specific software development is available on request.

FunctionsApplication

LIN Master

Compatible regulator type

Bosch LIN-regulator CR652

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

85 x 32 x 17.3 mm

Weight53 gMax. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Operating temperature-20 to 85°C

Storage temperature-20 to 85°C

Electrical Data
Power Supply

12 V

Max. power supply (1 min)

25 V

Connectors and Wires
Connector 1 (red)ASU 0-03-05PN-HE

Mating connector
ASU 6-03-05SN-HE

F 02U 000 407-01

Pin 1

US

Please ask for compatibility of this CAN Module with your ECU.

Ordering Information
Extended Module EM-LIN
Order number F 02U V00 609-02

7

386 | Data Logging Systems | Sensor Interfaces

Dimensions

7

Data Logging Systems | Sensor Interfaces | 387

Modular Sensor Interface M 60

Operating temperature-20 to 65°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (See Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)

10 W at 14 V

InputsFeaturesuCompact sensor interfaceu

30 input channelsuEach channel individually configurable

Analog channels

26

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kΩ

Rotational channels (default
Hall, Inductive as option)

47

Outputs

The M 60 is a compact and light weight sensor interface
unit for analog and digital sensors. Up to eight M 60 canbe used to expand the number of input channels of thedata loggers C 55 or C 60 as well as the display DDU 8.
The M 60 are linked via high-speed Ethernet interface.
This allows for synchronized acquisition of data fromthe different units and the ECU.
The M 60 offers 26 analog inputs, four rotational inputs,
four pwm outputs and two independent CAN buses.
Each analog input channel features an analog pre-filter,
8x oversampling and highly linear digital filtering. The
cut-of frequency of the digital filter is automatically adjusted to match the acquisition rate. The latency of thedigital filters is corrected during recording, yielding zero
filter delay in the recorded data.
The evaluation of each M 60 measurement channel is individually configurable with the PC configuration tool
RaceCon.

PWM outputs (low side switch 2
A each)4

Sensor supply 5 V (350 mA
each)

4

Sensor supply 10 V (350 mA
each)

1

Sensor supply 12 V (1 A, nonregulated)

1

Environment
Software Upgrade 1
CCP-Master (ASAP 2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)

F 02U V01 012-01

Connectors and Wires
Motorsports connectors double
density2 x 41 pins

Mating connector I
AS-DD 6-12-41SN

F 02U 002 216-01

Mating connector II
AS-DD 6-12-41SA

F 02U 004 180-01

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out messages

Installation Notes

Application
8 kHz AD converters with digital low pass filter

Max. 1,000 Hz acquisition rate for all channels
3-port network switch
RS232 GPS input

The required software (.pst file) for this device is available in thedownload area of our homepage www.bosch-motorsport.com.

Communication

CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration
protocol (optional)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

105 x 34.5 x 137.5 mm

Weight495 g

Configuration via RaceCon over Ethernet or MSA-Box II
CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

3

388 | Data Logging Systems | Sensor Interfaces

Ordering Information
Modular Sensor Interface M 60
Order number F 02U V00 882-02
Software Options
SW Upgrade 1
Order number F 02U V01 012-01

7

Data Logging Systems | Telemetry | 389

Online Telemetry System
Overview
The Bosch Motorsport Online Telemetry System enables
the transmission of online measurement data from a car
on a racetrack. The vehicle part of the system consistsof a data logger (C 40, C 55 or C 60) and the FM 40 telemetry transmitter. From the data logger data is sent via
a RS232 connection to the FM 40. The FM 40 adds framing and error correction information to the data stream
and modulates its RF output which is fed via an antenna
wire to the TX antenna.
In the pits, the RF signal is picked up by an RX antennaconnected to the pit receiver box. Inside the receiverbox, the signal is filtered and amplified by a low noise
filter amplifier. It is then sent to a UHF modem. The modem demodulates the data stream and performs error
correction, if necessary. The output stream passes thedata converter and is transferred via a connection wire
to the server PC in the garage. This PC decodes the
car’s telemetry stream and distributes the information
over the pit network.
Due to the high transmission power of 1 to 10 W of the
Bosch FM 40 telemetry transmitter, near 100 % coverage is achieved on most tracks, even under race conditions with high RF interference.

Application
Transmission of online measurement data
Components
Telemetry transmitter FM 40
Data logger C 40, C 55 or C 60
Pit receiver box

Functions
Good data quality even under race conditions with high RF interference.

Technical Specifications
High transmission power of 1 to 10 W
Near 100 % coverage on most tracks
Framing and error correction

Environment
Car antenna
Pit antenna
Server PC
Ethernet pit network

Dimensions

7

390 | Data Logging Systems | Telemetry

Car Antenna

Pit Antenna
Pit Receiver Box(Pit roof)

Telemetry
Transmitter FM 40

Control
ModuleRS232

7

Data Logging Systems | Telemetry | 391

Telemetry Unit FM 40

Frequency range

430 to 470 MHz (hardware adjustable)F(center) ± 1 MHz (software
programmable)

u

750 g

u

1 to 10 W transmission power

The FM 40 is a half-duplex radio modem suitable for real-time telemetry transmission from a car on the racetrack.
The unit is offered in different hardware versions forseveral frequency bands in the 430 to 470 MHz range.
Within the selected band, the transmission frequency issoftware programmable in a ±1 MHz range. The high RF
output power of up to 10 W gives excellent range andgood track coverage.
From the data acquisition system transmit data is fed into the FM 40 via a RS232 interface. Typically the FM 40
is operated as an unidirectional telemetry transmitter.
For other applications, half duplex bidirectional operation is also possible.

Application
I-ETS 300 220, ETS 300 113,
FCC

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

151 x 138 x 28 mm

Weight720 g

Housing with LED indicators
Car antenna compatible to existing Bosch telemetry systems.
Max. vibration

1 to 10 W

Receiver sensitivity-116 dBm error detection andforward error correction (FEC)

RF channel bandwidth

12,5 kHz at 9.6 kbps
25 kHz at 19.2 kbps

Data interface

RS232

Data rate

9.6 / 19.2 kbps

Required power supply

10 to 18 V

Max. power consumption

25 W at 14 V

Max. current< 2,5 A

Operation temperature range

0 to 60°C

7Connectors and Wires

FeaturesInternational standard

Transmission power

60 m/s2 at 20 Hz to 2 kHz

Electrical Data
Half duplex radio modem (bidirectional)Internal data buffer and protocol management

RF

BNC female

Power / data

CGK SOT 8N35 PN

Ordering Information
Telemetry Unit FM 40
Order number B 261 208 898-01

392 | Data Logging Systems | Telemetry

Pit Receiver Box

Communication

2 x 10 / 100 Mbit ethernet

Power consumption

10 W

Connectors and Wires
Data and power connector

Motorsports type

Antenna connector

BNC (Jack) 50 Ω

Package Parts
Box
48 V power supply

Ordering Information
Pit Receiver Box
Order number F 02U V01 460-01

Dimensions

7

The Pit Receiver Box integrates all electronic components necessary to receive telemetry data from a car
equipped with a FM 40 transmitter in one weatherproof
package. Typically the receiver box is mounted on thepit roof as close as possible to the RX antenna, thus
minimizing cable loss. The connection wire to the receiving PC in the garage, which can be up to 50 m long, also
supplies power to the Pit Receiver Box.
The Pit Receiver Box contains 1 to 4 UHF receivers fed
by a single RX antenna and low noise filter amplifier(LNA). This enables parallel telemetry data reception
from up to 4 cars, provided transmitters need to operate in the same 2 MHz frequency band.
The Box is equipped with dual Ethernet port for redundant Ethernet wire to the pit or for connection to a directional link (relay station).

Splitter

LNA

UHF Modem 1

UHF Modem 2

UHF Modem 3

UHF Modem 4

Technical Specifications
Ethernet
Interface

Mechanical Data
Weight4.2 kgSize

330 x 280 x 180 mm

Max. distance receiver box to PC(with F 020 V01 440-01

50 m

Working temperature range-20 to 50°C

Electrical Data
Frequency range

400 to 470 MHz

Working frequency bandfc ±1 MHz

Channel spacing

12.5/25 kHz

Sensitivity≤ -116 dBm at BER 10-3

Serial interface

RS232 (19.2 kBit/s, no parity, 8
data bit, 1 stop bit, no flow control)

Radio data rate

19.2 kbps (25 kHz channel)
9.6 kbps (12.5 kHz channel)

Operating voltage

20 to 50 V

Connector to
Relay
Directional Link
Ethernet #1

Power Supply
ModuleConnector toTelemetry Server
Power Supply
Ethernet #2

Scheme Pit Receiver Box

Connector to
AntennaData Logging Systems | Telemetry | 393

Pit Receiver Package+ Eth

The Pit Receiver Package contains everything that is required to start operation.

7

Technical Specifications
Package Parts
Pit Receiver Box (2 channels)

F 02U V01 460-01

HF antenna wire (8 m)

B 261 209 493

Rod antenna pit 7 dbi (2 m)

B 261 208 867

Ethernet and power wire (50 m)

F 020 V01 440-01

Ethernet and power injection
wire (1.5 m)

B 261 209 744-01

Telescopic aerial mast (7.7 m)

B 261 208 873

Ordering Information
Pit Receiver Package
Order number on request

394 | Data Logging Systems | Telemetry

Burst Telemetry System
Overview

7

The Bosch Motorsport Burst Telemetry System ideallycomplements the FM 40 long range telemetry. High-resolution measurement data, as stored in the data loggerof the data acquisition system, is transferred automatically to the pit server PC when the car passes the pits
or the car is in the garage. This gives two advantages:
high resolution measurement data is already available in
the pit network while the car is still out on track, enabling instant analysis and saving valuable track time.
While the car is in the garage, the burst telemetry system gives a significant handling advantage: measurement data is transferred automatically to the pit server
PC, e.g. after engine test runs. The RF system operates
in the license-free 5.1 to 5.8 GHz ISM band. The 32 selectable non-overlapping channels allow great flexibility
in channel selection. The robust OFDM transmission
scheme in combination with the high-quality band filter
yield excellent performance even in environments withhigh RF noise. Typically good data reception can be achieved in a radius of approx. 300 m around the pit station, depending on antenna location and track topology.
If necessary, reception range can be extended by an optional remote receiver station. During the running lap,
the data acquisition system stores engine and chassis
data in non-volatile memory. When a laptrigger is received, the current file is closed and data is preparedfor burst transmission. As soon as the car reaches thereception range of the pit receiver, data transmission
starts automatically. An intelligent algorithm chooses
the lapfile to transmit and resumes transmission if thelink has been interrupted. Typically 6 Mbytes of measurement data can be transferred per lap during a race.
The bi-directional transmission scheme ensures errorfree reception. Privacy of measurement data is ensured
by 128-bit WEP encryption.

Application
6 MB measurement per lap
Bidirectional transmission scheme
Privacy ensured by 128-bit WEP encryption

Technical Specifications
32 selectable non-overlapping channels
Operates in license-free 5.1 to 5.8 MHz band
Best reception 300 m around pit

Data Logging Systems | Telemetry | 395

Dimensions

7

396 | Data Logging Systems | Telemetry

Burst Telemetry Pit Module BR
60F

Electrical Data
Radio modem

Full duplex (bidirectional)

Transmission power+26 dBm

Receiver sensitivity-91 dBm at 12 Mbps

Frequency range

5.1 to 5.8 GHz ISM BandAir data rate

Typ. 12 (max. 54) Mbps

Data interface

Ethernet TP10/100

AntennaGain = 10 dBi; Omni directional

Power supply

8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption

3.5 W

Rated current

0.25 A at 12 VDCConnectors and Wires

7

Interface connector

AS008-35PA (Deutsch)

Mating connector

AS608-35SA (Deutsch)

Legal Notes
FeaturesThis product contains open source software. For detailed information
see product documentation.

u1250 gu+26 dBm transmission poweruMax. 3.5 W

The BR 60F pit module is the stationary component of
the Bosch Motorsport Burst Telemetry System. The highgain omnidirectional antenna is mounted directly at thereceiver, minimizing wire loss. The weatherproof housing allows outdoor mounting of the unit, e.g. on the pit
roof. 12 V DC power and 100 MBit Ethernet connection
to the pit server PC is supplied via the connecting wire,
which can be up to 75m long. The system operates in
the 5.1 to 5.8 GHz ISM band and offers 32 non-overlapping channels. The high quality band filter eliminates
out-of-band RF noise. This enables fully encrypted highspeed data transmission at 12 MBit under race conditions. A directional antenna is available as an option.

Ordering Information
Burst Telemetry Pit Module BR 60F
Order number F 02U V00 047-02
Accessories
Radio modem (inclusive)
Order number F 02U V00 048-01
Antenna (inclusive)
Order number F 02U V00 131-01
Antenna filter (inclusive)
Order number F 02U V00 132-01
Fitting system (inclusive)
Order number F 02U V00 133-01
Interface cable to the pit PC (inclusive)
Order number B 261 209 744-01

Application
Radio air interface

IEEE 802.11a

Wireless approvals

FCC Part 15.247, IC RS210, CE

Encryptions

WEP/WPA

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size (overall incl. antenna)

705 x 145 x 47 mm

Weight1,250 gMax. vibration

Vibration profile 1

Temperature range-20 to +85 °C

Data Logging Systems | Telemetry | 397

Burst Telemetry Car Module
BT 60F

Electrical Data
Radio modem

Full duplex (bidirectional)

Transmission power+26 dBm

Receiver sensitivity-91 dBm at 12 Mbps

Frequency range

5.1 to 5.8 GHz ISM BandAir data rate

Typ. 12 (max. 54) Mbps

Data interface

Ethernet TP10/100

AntennaGain = 3 dBi; Omni directional

Power supply

8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption

3.5 W

Rated current

0.25 A at 12 VDCConnectors and Wires

Features

Antenna connector

SMA(f)

Interface connector

AS008-35PA (Deutsch)

Mating connector

AS608-35SA (Deutsch)

Legal Notes

u

370 g

u

+26 dBm transmission poweruMax. 3.5 W

This product contains open source software. For detailed information
see product documentation.

Ordering Information

The BT 60F car module is the vehicle component of the
Bosch Motorsport Burst Telemetry System. The compact and lightweight unit receives measurement data via
a 100 MBit Ethernet connection from the data acquisition system and communicates with the pit module overthe RF antenna. The system operates in the 5.1 to 5.8
GHz ISM band and offers 32 non-overlapping channels.
An internal high quality band filter eliminates out-ofband RF noise, which enables fully encrypted highspeed data transmission at 12 MBit under race conditions. Online diagnosis and performance monitoring ispossible via the data acquisition system.

Application
Radio air interface

IEEE 802.11a

Wireless approvals

FCC Part 15.247, IC RS210, CE

Encryption

WEP/WPA

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

139 x 96 x 22 mm

Weight370 gMax. Vibration

Vibration profile 1

Temperature range-20 to 85°C

Burst Telemetry Car Module BT 60F
Order number F 02U V00 038-02
Accessories
Radio modem (inclusive)
Order number F 02U V00 039-02
Antenna 5 dBi (inclusive)
Order number F 02U V00 442-01
Antenna socket (inclusive)
Order number F 02U V00 041-01
Antenna cable (inclusive)
Order number F 02U V00 042-01

7

398 | Data Logging Systems | Telemetry Accessories

FM 40 Tester

7

The FM 40 Tester is used to check the performance of
telemetry components installed in the car which includes the FM 40 in conjunction with the RF wire andthe antenna. The FM 40 tester indicates RF output power as well as defective RF wires or car antennas enabling quick detection of faulty components.

Technical Specifications
Electrical Data
Transmission power

1 to 15 (60) W

VSWR

1 to 6Frequency band

VHF / UHF

Connectors and WiresRF

BNC male / female

Ordering Information
FM 40 Tester
Order number B 261 208 894-01

Data Logging Systems | Telemetry Accessories | 399

Telemetry Antenna Dummy
Load

The telemetry antenna dummy load replaces the telemetry car antenna when running the FM 40 transmitter inthe workshop or the garage. It reduces high power RF
radiation.

Technical Specifications

7

Electrical Data
RF power

15 W

VSWR

1.1

Frequency band

VHF / UHF

Connectors and WiresRF

BNC male / female

Ordering Information
Telemetry Antenna Dummy Load
Order number B 261 208 900-01

400 | Data Logging Systems | Telemetry Accessories

Telemetry Car Antenna Single
Band

Rugged telemetry antenna for car mounting.

Technical Specifications

7

Frequency band

UHF

Type

¼λ

Pattern (hor.)omni

Length

150 mmConnectors and WiresRF

BNC maleOrdering Information
Telemetry Car Antenna Single Band
Order number B 261 208 888-01

Data Logging Systems | Telemetry Accessories | 401

Antenna Cable Kit

RF wire for the installation of telemetry antennas in thecar. Intended for single hole mounting.

7

Technical Specifications
LengthMax. 2m (tbd.)

Drill hole diameter

12,5 mm

Attenuation

Max. 0.7 dB at 2 m, 450 MHz

Connectors and WiresRF

BNC male / female

Ordering Information
Antenna Cable Kit
Order number B 261 209 490-01

402 | Data Logging Systems | Telemetry Accessories

7

Software

8

Calibration

404

Simulation

407

Analysis409

404 | Software | Calibration

Modas

Operating systems
Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32 Bit

Ordering Information
Modas
Order number Free download at our homepage

Featuresu8

Software tool for measuring and calibrating

Modas is a software tool for measuring and calibrating
defined engine values and curves. It is specially designed for racetrack use. Developing Modas we set great
store by easy handling and quick access to the ECU.

Functions
Online measurement and calibration
Universal use for different ECUs
Modas facilitates operating and working in by using the Windows
standard. In the office Modas is controlled by mouse or menu. If
Modas is used in a mobile way a fast grip is possible by keyboard andshortcuts.
Project (Data) management
Visualization, processing and management of calibration, measurement and documentation data
Programming system
Programming and management of calibration data
Calibrations system
Visualization and manipulation of parameters
Diagnosis system
Visualization, processing, documentation and evaluation of diagnosis
dataTechnical Specifications
Function requirements
PC
IBM PC compatible, min. 1.6 GHz
Approx. 512 MB RAM
Approx. 100 MB free HD space
VGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)

Software | Calibration | 405

Modas Sport

Technical Specifications
Function requirements
PC
IBM PC compatible, min. 1.6 GHz
Approx. 512 MB RAM
Approx. 100 MB free hard disc space
VGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)
Operating systems
Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32 Bit

Optional Accessories

FeaturesuCalibration software tool for Bosch ECUs

Modas Sport is the calibration tool for Bosch Motorsport ECUs. It integrates a lot of meaningful features tomanage our engine control units at the dyno and theracetrack.

Functions
Calibration tool for MS 3, MS 4.x, MS 5.x, MS 15, MS 3 Sport, MS 4
Sport, MS 15 Sport
Visualization, processing and management of calibration, measurement and documentation data
Measuring system
Numeric data visualization
Bitwise, decimal, hexadecimal data visualization
Recording of measurement data (needs WinDarab to analyze)
Oscilloscope (graphic data visualization)
Calibration system
Visualization and manipulation of parameters (calibration data)
Parameter file manager
Data file manager (copy & compare)
Macro manager
Potiboard support integrated
Administration
Work base management
Integrated K-Line flashing tool
Intuitive design, easy to use, based on latest technology

MSA-Box II

F 02U V00 327-02

WinDarab Free data analysis
Software

On request

Communication
CAN (CCP), K-Line (KWP2000)

Ordering Information
Modas Sport
Order number Free download at our homepage

8406 | Software | Calibration

RaceCon

VGA/WGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)
Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32 Bit

Optional Accessories
MSA-Box II

F 02U V00 327-02

Ordering Information
RaceCon
Order number bundled with Bosch Motorsport hardware

Featuresu8

An all integrated software tool for configurationand calibration

RaceCon is an all integrated software tool for configuration and calibration of Bosch Motorsport hardware
products, such as ECUs, displays, loggers. The communication is based on Bosch Motorsport MSA-Box interface.

Functions
Calibration of ECU maps and curves
ECU data file up- and download
Parameter file up- and download
Diagnostic functionality for Bosch Motorsport ECUs
Data file / Work base management
Integrated flash functionality
Integrated Bosch sensor database
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport displays
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport data loggers
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport DLS system
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport CAN modules
Communication via K-Line/CAN/Ethernet (KWP/CCP/XCP)CAN communication log functionality (Baud rate changeable)
Quick data access over Race Mode
Intuitive design, easy to use

Technical Specifications
EnvironmentPC
IBM PC Pentium/AMD Athlon compatible, min. 1.6 GHz
Min. 2 GB RAM
Min. 1 GB free hard disc space

Software | Simulation | 407

LapSimBy comparing recorded data with simulation data a validation possibility of vehicle parameters and vehicle functioning is made.
LapSim software adds all vehicle parameters to WinDarab Files andcreates automatic database.

Chassis Simulation model
Practical Pacejka like tire model. Tire parameters can easily be determined out of on-car recorded data. No tire data required.
Full vehicle model including limited slip (or visco-) differential
3D aero maps
Ride height dependent suspension kinematics
Calculation time 3-4 times faster than real car(PVI - 3 GHz)
Automatic set-up optimization

FeaturesEngine Simulation modelu

Professional Simulation Tool

Engine model generates torque/power curve as well as ignition angleuBasic / Chassis / Engine Versions available

Normally aspirated engines, with or without restrictor

LapSim Chassis

is both an analysis tool as well as a vehicle simulation
program. By further processing the on-car recorded data, using parts of the simulation models, a much more
profound analysis of the vehicle behavior can be gained.
Due to the direct link with the simulation model, vehicle
parameters can be validated like aerodynamics, tire behavior, engine power, as well as driver performance. The
visualization of the vehicle behavior creates a much easier and better understanding of the influence of several
vehicle parameters on the performance independent of
the technical background of the user.

LapSim Engine

supplies an easy to use engine simulation package capable of generating a torque/power and a corresponding
ignition curves out of the main parameters of an engine.
The model is able to simulate any 4-stroke spark ignition(SI) race engine currently seen on the market, with orwithout air restrictor(s). To summarize, the engine software is aiming for 95% accuracy but 5% the effort ofcomplex engine software packages. The engine software
avoids a vast number of variables in order to define every engine detail, in order to improve usability as well as
computational performance. The engine package is integrated in the lap simulation.

Functions
Data Analysis
Post processing of the on-car recorded data with simulation models.
Calculating vehicle handling state, aerodynamics, differential function, etc.
Determination of tire parameters out of on-car recorded data. Possibility to analyze tire performance over the laps.
Direct comparison between several outings and/or simulation model.
3D Animation of vehicle behavior for a better and more thorough understanding.

2,3,4 and 5 valve cylinder heads
2-zone burn model in order to cope with all possible compression ratios and chamber geometries
Ignition point is determined by adjustable maximum pressure in cylinder
Fully adjustable camshaft profile
Engine model generates pressure curve over 720˚ crankshaft, whichis integrated to calculate engine torque/power
10 seconds calculation time for 0 to 10,000 rpm range

Ordering Information
LapSim Chassis Basic Version
Order number Free download at our homepage
LapSim Chassis License
Order number B 261 206 432-01
LapSim Engine License
Order number F 01T A20 056-01
LapSim Chassis and Engine License
Order number F 01T A20 057-01
Upgrade LapSim Engine License
Order number F 01T A20 058-01
Upgrade LapSim Chassis License
Order number F 01T A20 059-01
Update LapSim Chassis or Engine
Order number F 02U V00 287-01
Update LapSim Chassis and Engine
Order number F 02U V00 288-01

8

408 | Software | Simulation

Dimensions

8

A few Screenshots

Software | Analysis | 409

WinDarab V7

User defined math channels
User defined conditions to filter data
FFT analysis
Racetracks
Racetrack creation based on v/acc or GPS data
Racetrack segmentation
Telemetry
Replay online data in realtime
Gauges for realtime visualization
User Interface

Features

Flexible display setup and arrangement
Storable display setup and arrangementuState of the art user interfaceuVersatile diagrams

Data TransmissionuNumerous analysis functions

Direct data input without intermediate hardwareuCustomizable mathematical channels and filters

Protection/encryption of logged data filesuSoftware based license without dongle

ASCII import and export

WinDarab V7 is an evaluation tool for monitoring and analyzing of logged data and is specially designed for motorsports use. Monitor vehicle data using online telemetry and compare logged data by reading out your datalogger. WinDarab V7 features a state of the art user interface and reads out both engine and chassis data.
The follower of WinDarab V6 offers simplified and ergonomic handling as well as new features and a revised license system to work without a dongle.
Choose between the Free and the Expert version depending on your purpose.
The enormous bandwidth of features makes WinDarab
V7 a perfect evaluation tool for motorsports engineers.

Functions
Diagrams
Oscilloscope
X-/Y-plot to create scatterbands
Histogram
3D-diagram
Analysis

Lap browser

8

License System
Dongle-free working in all WinDarab V7 variations
Activation/update via internet
Annual maintenance for up-to-date versions

EnvironmentPC
IBM PC Pentium/AMD Athlon compatible, min. 1.6 GHz
Min. 1 GB RAM
Min. 1 GB free HD space
VGA / WGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)
Operating systems
Windows XP SP3 (32 bit / 64 bit), Vista (32 bit / 64 bit), Windows 7(32 bit / 64 bit)Technical Specifications
Variations
Free

ExpertMax. open files

4

unlimitedMax. measuring data windows2

unlimited

One-touch channel statistics (min./max., avg., etc.)

Max. areas in measuring data
windows

4

unlimited

Regression lines, user defined lines

Histogram++Lap reports and lap based comparisonsx/y-plot++

Replay offline data in realtime

Distribution++

Advanced Analysis

min/max-tables++

Overlay of different laps
Time or distance based analysis
Absolute and relative values

410 | Software | Analysis

Fourier-transformation++

Outing report++

Lap analysis-+

Flowcharts-+

Instrument panel++

User defined physical units++

Racetrack generation via
speed/lateral G or GPS++

ASCII export++

Available operators for mathchannels.

+, -, *, /, ^,sqr (x), sqrt (x)All

Extras settings/comments-+

Desktop load/save++Telemetry++

Programming interface (API)

-

Opt.

Ordering Information

8

WinDarab Free
Order number Free download at our homepage
WinDarab Expert
Order number F 02U V01 308-01

Accessories

9

Communication Interface

412

Connector Opening Tool

413

Expansion Modules

414PowerBox

419

Relay

423

Switches

425

Wiper Motor

426

Wiring Harnesses429

412 | Accessories | Communication Interface

MSA-Box II

FeaturesuCommunication interface for PC-supported calibration on K-line, CAN or Ethernet interface

The MSA-Box II is the low cost unit for PC-supported
calibration and configuration on Ethernet, K-Line or CAN
interface of an ECU.
The MSA-Box II is coupled to the PC via the USB interface. This ensures a powerful and universal link to allcommon PCs. The coupling to the ECU is effected via
Ethernet, K-Line or CAN-interface of the diagnosis interface.

Technical Specifications

9

Mechanical Data
Size

84 x 38 x 25 mm

Temperature range

0 to 70°C

Compact design
Fully suitable for motor vehicle use
All inputs and outputs to the PC with galvanic separation

Electrical Data
Input voltage (vehicle side)

8 to 32 V

Power supply through the connection to the ECU from board mains
with galvanic separation
Power consumption (poweredby USB)Typ. 0.5 W

USB

USB 2.0, high speed (480 MBit/
sec)

Ethernet

100 MBit/sec

K-Line300 Bd up to 320 kBd

CAN

10 kBit/s up to 1 MBit/s

Operating Systems

Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32 Bit

Connectors and Wires
Connector
AS 6-12-35PN

F 02U 000 441-01

Mating connector
AS 0-12-35SN

F 02U 000 258-01

Pin 1

Terminal 30 (permanent pos)Pin 2

Terminal 15 (switch pos)

Pin 3

GND

Pin 4

CAN_High

Pin 10K-Line

Pin 8

RxD+

Pin 9

RxD-

Pin 11

TxD+

Pin 12

TxD-

Pin 16

CAN_LowPin 22

SCR

Diagnosis wire length2m

USB wire length

0.5 m

Ordering Information
MSA-Box II
Order number F 02U V00 327-02

Accessories | Connector Opening Tool | 413

Connector Opening Tool for
AS series

Featuresu

Quick and easy opening of ECU connectors

9Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Material

Stainless steel

Ordering Information
Opening tool for shellsize 16
Order number F 02U V01 393-01
Opening tool for shellsize 18
Order number F 02U V01 394-01

414 | Accessories | Expansion Modules

Diagnosis

AWS LSU 4.9

LambdaValue = 0.0069

Failed sensor (short cut or notconnected)

LambdaValue = 0.0686

Sensor did not reach 600°C (upto 30 sec)

LambdaValue = 0.1373

Heating period

CAN-IDFor each sensor the following CAN-IDs will receive the A/F value as 16bit-unsigned Integer and the heating value and the temperature values
as 8-bit unsigned byte (Motorola-type):
CAN-ID

0x290

Byte 0

A/F1

Byte 1
Byte 2

AF/2

Byte 3

Features9

Byte 4

Temp1

Byte 5Temp2

uLambda interface

Byte 6

Heat1

u

80 g

Byte 7Heat2

The AWS LSU 4.9 is used in combination with the lambda sensor (Mini-)LSU 4.9. The box is able to supply two(Mini-)LSU 4.9 lambda sensors. It includes two heaters
and converts each specific sensor signal into two separate lambda signals. Furthermore, the temperature of
the sensor, the duty cycle of the heater and diagnosis of
the probe is available. The signal output is via CAN-message.
Please note: Lambda sensors are not part of the AWS
LSU 4.9.

A/FValue= 0.001*A/Fx

LambdaValue= A/FValue/14.57

Application

Pin

Name

Function

1

GND

Ground2

GND LSU 1 / 2

Ground LSU heater

3

Vext

External power supply 5 to 20 V

4

LSU heater

External power supply for LSU
1/2 heater

Measuring range

Lambda 0.6 to 2.5

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

= A/FDigits/14,570= A/FDigits*0.00006863418
Heat Temp= TempxDigits*2 + 496.9°C

Pin Assignement life connector

Weight80 g

Size

38 x 43 x 16 mm

9

CAN H

CAN bus highWire length

150 mm10

CAN L

CAN bus low

Operating temperature

10 to 60°C

11

TxD

TxD serial interface

12

RxD

RxD serial interface

Electrical Data
Power Supply

5 to 20 V

Pin Assignement LSU 1/2 in connector

Rent consumption

120 mA at 12 V + heater current(max. 2 A per probe)

Pin

Name

Function1

LSU 1 IP

Inv. Input of pump current amp

Channels

2 A/F

2

LSU 1 VM

Virtual ground

Resolution

0.01

3

GND heater 1

Ground for heater 1

Sampling rate

100 Hz per channel

4

Vext heater 1

External power supply 5 to 20 V
LSU 1

Accessories | Expansion Modules | 415

5

LSU 1 IANon Inv. Input of pump current
amp

6

LSU 1 UN

Inv. Input of pump current control

7

LSU 2 IPNon Inv. Input of pump current
amp

8

LSU 2 VM

Virtual ground9

GND heater 2

Ground for heater 2

10

Vext heater 2External power supply 5 to 20 V
LSU 2

11

LSU 2 IANon Inv. Input of pump current
amp

12

LSU 2 UN

Inv. Input of pump current control

Accessories
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9D
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

Ordering InformationAWS LSU 4.9
Order number F 01E B01 622

9

416 | Accessories | Expansion Modules

Lambdatronic LT4

Electrical Data
Power supply US(6.5) 10 to 14 V

Max power supply (1 min) US

Max. 26 V

Thermal dissipation loss

3 W at 14 V

Current Is

5A

Current Is (Heating up)

26 A

SoftwareConfiguration with Modas

Included

Characteristic

Featuresu9

Supply of 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type LSU 4.2,
LSU 4.9 or Mini-LSU 4.9

The Lambdatronic LT4 provides controlled pumping current to supply up to 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type
LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9 or Mini-LSU 4.9. The lambda value, thesensor temperature and diagnostics are available via
CAN and analog signal.
The LSU contains a Nernst and a pump cell. The lambda
in the Nernst cell is controlled to lambda = 1.013 independent of the oxygen contents on the emission side,through a current through the pump cell. The current
proportional output voltage of the IC is a measure of thelambda value.
The main feature and benefit of this unit is the combination of the Bosch well known lambda IC and a very compact box size with motorsports specification. Furthermore the analog signal output can be configured freely.

Functions

Signal output 1

CAN

Signal output 2

4 x 0 to 5 V “analog”

CAN- baud rate

500 kbaud or 1 Mbaud

Signal resolution

2,5 * 10-4 lambda

Signal sampling rate

100 HzCAN refresh rate

100 HzConnectors and Wires
Connector

AS 6-14-35PN

Connector loom
AS 1-14-35SN

F 02U 000 355-01

SleeveViton

Wire size

26

Wire length L

20 cm

Pin Assignment
Pin

Function1+ 12 V (Battery +)2+ 12 V (Battery +)Application

Lambda 0.75 to 10.12

3

Ground (Battery -)Compatible Bosch sensor type

LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9, Mini-LSU 4.9

4Ground (Battery -)Channels

45K-Line diagnostic connection

HeaterInternal

6

CAN1 + (high)7

CAN1 – (low)8

Analog out 1

9Analog out 2

10

Analog out 3

11

Analog out 4

12Reference GND for analog out

13

Shield14

Pump current LSU 1 IP1

15Virtual GND LSU 1 VM1

16

Heater PWM LSU 1 Uh-1

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight with wire

98 g

Sealing

100 % humidity

Mounting

VelcroSize w/o wire (w*l*h)

54 x 59 x 13 mm

Operating temp. range (housing)-20 to 85°C

Storage temp. range-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Accessories | Expansion Modules | 417

17

Heater (Batt +) LSU 1 Uh+1

18

Setup current LSU 1 IA1

19

Nernst voltage LSU 1 UN1

20

Pump current LSU 2 IP221

Virtual GND LSU 2 VM222

Heater PWM LSU 2 Uh-2

23

Heater (Batt. +) LSU 2 Uh+2

24

Setup current LSU 2 IA225

Nernst voltage LSU 2 UN2

26

UN1pump current LSU 3 IP327Virtual GND LSU 3 VM328

Heater PWM LSU 3 Uh-3

29

Heater (Batt +) LSU 3 Uh+3

30

Setup current LSU 3 IA331

Nernst voltage LSU 3 UN3

32

Pump current LSU 4 IP433

Virtual GND LSU 4 VM434

Heater PWM LSU 4 Uh-4

35

Heater (Batt. +) LSU 4 Uh+4

36

Setup current LSU 4 IA437

Nernst voltage LSU 4 UN4Installation Notes
The LT4 is designed to supply 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type LSU 4.2,
LSU 4.9 or Mini-LSU 4.9
The unit can be connected to any CAN system (500 kbaud or 1
Mbaud) and analog measuring device.
To avoid signal errors, a cable length of maximum 1.5 m between sensor and box is recommended.
The unit is secure from miss-pinning.
The reference ground (GND_REF) has to be connected either to themeasuring device or to the system ground.
A ground offset of 2 V (max.) between GND and GND_REF has not to
be exceeded.
See the LT4 function sheet for software documentation (e.g. CAN protocol).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Communication
Communication link

K-Line / CAN

Ordering Information
Lambdatronic LT4Order number F 01T A20 070-07

9418 | Accessories | Expansion Modules

Dimensions

9

Accessories | PowerBox | 419

PowerBox PBX 180

26 low power channels (8 A continuous)
4 low power PWM channels (8 A continuous)
2 wiper channels (8 A continous)
4 tri-state digital channels
3 sensor supplies 5 V with individual ground pins
Warning light

Software
Real time clock

Connectors

Features

Connector 1: Battery power supply

Deutsch ASHD0 14-1 PN

Connector 2: High power outputs

Deutsch AS2 20-16 SN

Connector 3: Low power outputs

Deutsch AS2 20-39 SA

Connector 4: Signal and Inputs

Deutsch AS2 16-35 SN

Pin configurationuAdvanced user interface

Connector 1 – Battery Power Supplyu

CAN communication

Mating connector

Deutsch ASHD6 14-1 SN C35

u

Reverse polarity protection

Order number connector housing

F 02U 002 905-01

uLightweight aluminum casing

Notice: Depending on the cable used for power supply, one of the following pins is needed according to the diameter of the cable.

uCurrent measurement on all channels

We designed the PowerBox for intelligent control anddistribution of the electric grid in a modern racing car. It
is capable to replace all conventional relays, fuses andcircuit breakers, simplifies wiring harnesses and provides diagnostic capabilities.

Technical Specifications

Order number pin for cable 16mm2

F 02U 002 906-01

Order number pin for cable 25mm2

F 02U 002 907-01

Order number pin for cable 35mm2

F 02U 002 908-01

Connector 2 – High Power Outputs

Mechanical Data
Size

191 x 176 x 36 mm

Weight1,250 gTemp. range (at internal sensors)-10 to 85°C

Electrical Data

Mating connector

Deutsch AS6 20-16 PN

Order number connector

F 02U 000 480-01

Pin

Used for

Max Rating / Peak (A) *)A

Channel 10 High Power20 / 80

B

Channel 2 Very High Power20 / 180

Supply voltage range

6 to 20 V

C

Channel 1 Very High Power20 / 180

Power supply current

180 A

D

Channel 9 High Power20 / 80

E

Channel 1 High Power20 / 80

F

Channel 5 High Power20 / 80

G

Channel 1 High Power PWM

20 / 80 (0 to 100% DC)

H

Channel 2 High Power PWM

20 / 80 (0 to 100% DC)

J

Channel 12 High Power20 / 80

K

Channel 4 High Power20 / 80

L

Channel 11 High Power20 / 80

M

Channel 3 High Power20 / 80

Inputs16 analogue inputs (12 bit resolution)
14 digital inputs

Outputs
2 very high power channels (up to 180 A inrush current, 20 A continuous)
12 high power channels (up to 80 A inrush current, 20 A continuous)
2 high power PWM channels (20 A continuous)9420 | Accessories | PowerBox

N

Channel 6 High Power20 / 80i

Channel 11

8 / 40P

Channel 2 High Power20 / 80jChannel 3 PWM

20 / 60 (0 to 100% DC)

R

Channel 7 High Power20 / 80k

Channel 1 PWM

20 / 60 (0 to 100% DC)

S

Channel 8 High Power20 / 80m

Power GroundnChannel 15

8 / 40p

Channel 17

8 / 40q

Channel 5

8 / 40Power Ground*) Please note that the current draw per channel is limited by the connector, not by the driver stages.

Connector 3 – Low Power Outputs

9Mating connector

Deutsch AS6 20-39 PAr

Order number connector

F 02U 002 859-01

Pin

Used for

Max Rating / Peak (A) *)*) Please note that the current draw per channel is limited by the connector – not by the driver stages.

A

Channel Wiper 2

8 / 40Connector 4 – Signal and Inputs

B

Tri-State Output 2

Trigger 0 / 2.5 / 5 V

Mating connector

Deutsch AS6 16-35 PN

CTri-State Output 4

Trigger 0 / 2.5 / 5 V

Order number connector

F 02U 000 466-01

D

Channel 25

8 / 40Pin

Used forComments

E

Channel 26

8 / 401

Digital Input 7

Trig high / low

F

Channel 23

8 / 402

Digital Input 5

Trig high / low

G

Channel 21

8 / 403

Digital Input 3

Trig high / low

H

Channel 22

8 / 404

Digital Input 11

Trig high / low

J

Channel 20

8 / 405Digital Input 9

Trig high / low

K

Channel 14

8 / 406Digital Input 6

Trig high / low

L

Channel 16

8 / 407

Digital Input 2

Trig high / low

M

Channel 18

8 / 408

Digital Input 1

Trig high / low

N

Channel 2

8 / 409

Reserved

P

Channel 4

8 / 4010

Digital Input 13

Trig high / low

R

Channel 6

8 / 4011

Digital Input 12

Trig high / low

S

Channel 88 / 4012

Digital Input 8

Trig high / low

T

Channel 10

8 / 4013

Digital Input 4

Trig high / low

U

Channel 12

8 / 4014

Reserved

V

Channel 2 PWM

20 / 60 (0 to 100% DC)

15

CAN 2LW

Channel 4 PWM

20 / 60 (0 to 100% DC)

16

CAN 2HX

Channel Wiper 1

8 / 4017

Reserved

Y

Tri-State Output 1

Trigger 0 / 2.5 / 5 V

18Reserved

Z

Tri-State Output 3

Trigger 0 / 2.5 / 5 V

19

Digital Input 14

Trig high / lowaReserved-

20

Digital Input 10

Trig high / lowbChannel 24

8 / 4021

Reservedc

Channel 19

8 / 4022

ReserveddChannel 13

8 / 4023

CAN 1LeChannel 1

8 / 4024

CAN 1Hf

Channel 3

8 / 4025

Reservedg

Channel 7

8 / 4026

ReservedhChannel 98 / 4027

Reserved -Accessories | PowerBox | 421

28

Reserved

29

Reserved

30

Reserved

31

Analogue Input 16; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

32

Sensor Supply VREF2

5.0 V

33

Analogue ground34

Analogue ground35

Analogue ground36

Analogue ground37

Analogue Input 12; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

38

Analogue Input 14; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

39

Analogue Input 15; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

40Sensor Supply VREF2

5.0 V

41

Analogue ground42

Warning Light at 5V, max. 0.5 A

5.0 V

43

Analogue Input 4; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

44

Analogue Input 8; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

45

Analogue Input 10; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

46

Analogue Input 13; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

47Sensor Supply VREF3

5.0 V

48

Analogue Input 1; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

49

Analogue Input 2; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

50

Analogue Input 6; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

51

Analogue Input 9; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

52

Analogue Input 11; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

53

Analogue Input 3; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

54

Analogue Input 5; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

55

Analogue Input 7; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

Communication
2 CAN lines (64 input channels)

Ordering Information
PowerBox PBX 180
Order number F 02U V01 555-01

9

422 | Accessories | PowerBox

Dimensions

9

Accessories | Relay | 423

Relay 25 A

Ordering Information
Relay 25 A
Order number Y 261 A20 597-01
BaseOrder number Y 261 A20 598-01

Featuresu

25 A max. current

The relay 25 A is a miniature DC-contactor for electrical
power control. The rated current is 25 A for secondary
power distribution with high inrush current like hydraulic- and fuel motor loads. The base part allows a quickchange of the relay.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Drill hole

3.1 mmWeight61 g

Vibration

30 g/70 Hz to 3 kHz

Shock

100 g (11 ms)

Operating temperature-45 to 125°C

Electrical Data
Power Supply

12 to 14.5 V

Min. switches

50,000Coil resistance at 25°C

80 ΩMax. current

25 A

Current vs. Time characteristic(the relay shall be compatible with a 25 A circuit breaker)
I (A)

t(s)

30

3,600 (1 h)

50

5

100

1.2

250

0.2

350

0.1

9

424 | Accessories | Relay

Dimensions

9

Accessories | Switches | 425

Switches

12 steps angled 90°
Angled 90°, KPTA 6E6-4P-C-DN
Order number B 261 209 658-01
12 steps straight
Straight, ASL 6-06-05PN-HE
Order number B 261 209 643-01

We offer a wide range of switches for the special demands of motorsport.
You can combine all types with every design and every
connector wire equivalent to your individual requirement.

Functions
For MAP function
For display toggle function
3 steps for MAP function
4 steps
4 steps for MAP function
6 steps for display switch-over
12 steps

Technical Specifications
DesignStraight
Angled 90°

Options
With integrated resistor network
Lockable
Variable number of steps
Variable form of rotary waver switch
Without end stop

Connectors and Wires
Please specify the required cable length with your order.

Ordering Information
For MAP function
Straight, ASL 6-06-05PN-HE
Order number B 261 209 644-01
6 steps for display switch-over
Straight, ASL 6-06-05PN-HE
Order number B 261 209 659-01

9426 | Accessories | Wiper Motor

Speed 2Single stroke
Service position

Wiper Direct Actuator WDA

Mechanical Data
Max. Vibration

30 % of Vibration Profile 1
or 100 % of Vibration Profile 1 in
combination with silentblocks(see Accessories)

Size

104.7 x 174.7 x 117.1 mm

Max. wipe cycles/min

Depending on wipe angle

Max. wipe angle

160°

Max. torque

35 Nm

Weight1,270 gElectrical Data

Featuresu9

LIN and Analog versions available

The WDA is a wiper motor designed to execute reversing
movements instead of rotating 360° like a conventional
wiper.
Its function and many operating modes are managed byintegrated control electronics. The user is able to control the desired operating mode via LIN [Version LIN] orsimply by switching its analog inputs to ground [Version
Analog]. The gear, the motor and the electronics are all
installed in the same housing.
The main benefit of this wiper motor is its direct rotation movement which replaces external gears and thepossibility of programming the operating speed and end
positions of all its function modes, upon request.

9 to 16 V

Supply current at 40 cycles/min.

Typ. 3.4 A

Supply current at 60 cycles/min.

Typ. 6.3 A

Connectors and Wires
Connector

CEP2M-AMP-4

Mating connector

F 02U B00 542-01

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request

Installation Notes
The WDA LIN can be operated by all ECUs with LIN 2.X Master function. Further information about the LIN-Frame available upon request.
The WDA Analog can be operated by switching the analog inputs between ground and voltage supply.
Please contact us to define the desired angle of all the operating
modes.

Application
Application

Power supply-40 to 85°C

Technical Specifications

The acceleration values can be exceeded by using silentblocks(F02U 003 027-01).
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thespecifications.

Variations

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

WDA Analog
Operating modes:

Ordering Information

Stop
Interval
Speed 1
Speed 2

WDA LIN
Order number F 02U V00 838-03
WDA Analog
Order number F 02U V00 938-03

WDA LIN
LIN speed

19,200 Baud

Accessories

LIN Version

2.0

LIN description file

On request

Silentblock
Order number F 02U 003 027-01

Operating modes:
StopInterval
Speed 1

Accessories | Wiper Motor | 427

Dimensions

9428 | Accessories | Wiper Motor9

Pin configurations

Accessories | Wiring Harnesses | 429

Wiring Harnesses

We offer special wiring harnesses for motorsport applications. Our portfolio contents layout, design and production of harnesses, sensors and actuators for motorsport requirements.
Moreover we offer consultancy of loom design and sensor definition. Design and production of prototypes up
to mass production is also possible. We do 2D Layout
documentation in exchangeable *.dxf, *.dwg file format.
Naturally we use motorsport connectors (sev. MIL
specs) and switches and fuses from aviation and aerospace technology. Full shielded wires for maximum EMC
protection are available. All looms are built with cables
and wires in aviation & aerospace quality. All looms aretested on a high voltage test bench. Tests under defined
vibration profiles are also possible. We also offer several
connectors on request.

Ordering Information
Wiring Harnesses
Order number on request

9430 | Accessories | Wiring Harnesses

9Appendix

10

General Information

432

Vibration Profiles433

432 | Appendix | General Information

General Information
ESD, Handling and Transport

Please be mindful of the specifications concerning ESD.
Never grab into the connectors. Please follow the regulations when transporting devices (e.g. ESD packaging
materials).

Service

To ensure full functionality every time, Bosch Motorsport recommends annual functional testing of all equipment.

Battery

Some of the devices use Lithium-Ion batteries. Please
use extra caution to be certain that the correct removal
procedure is followed. Abide by the maintenance cycle
schedule to ensure correct operation. Bosch Motorsport
recommends maintenance once a year.

Installation

The correct installation extends reliability and durability.
Please follow the specifications regarding temperature,humidity, vibration and liquid compatibility.

10Appendix | Vibration Profiles | 433

Vibration Profile 1
Broadband noise: 8h/direction
Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz

20

50.4

55

26.0

180

1.0

300

1.0

360

0.56

1,000

0.6

2,000

0.6

Effective value aEff

55.4 m/s2

Sinus: 8h/direction
Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration peak (m/s2)

100

50

180

200

250

200

350

60

2,000

60

10

434 | Appendix | Vibration Profiles

Vibration Profile 2
Broadband noise: 8h/direction

10

Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz

10

10

50

10

66.7

1

100

1

1,000

0.1

Effective value aEff

26.9 m/s2

Appendix | Vibration Profiles | 435

Vibration Profile 3
Broadband noise
Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz

10

14.0

50

7.0

60

3.5

300

0.51

500

45.6

1,500

15.26

Effective value aEff

168 m/s2

Sinus
Alteration rate of frequency: 1 oct./min
Frequency (Hz)Amplitude of acceleration (m/s2)

20

50

85

50

Amplitude of oscillation lane (μm)

85

175

200

175

200

280

220

280

300

125

440

125

10

436 | Appendix | Vibration Profiles

10Index | 437

A

H

ABS M4 Kit ..................................................................360
Absolute Position Sensor APS-C .................................178
Acceleration Sensor AM 600-2 ....................................182
Acceleration Sensor AM 600-3 ....................................184
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10 .......................................186
Alternator B3 ...............................................................164
Alternator GCM1 .........................................................166
Antenna Cable Kit .......................................................401
AWS LSU 4.9 ...............................................................414

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-D 90 ...............................293
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-M ...................................295
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P ....................................297
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P2 ..................................299
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P ............................301
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P sealed .................305
HP Control Valve DSV ....................................................54
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-FCV/-FCV HP ...............................66
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-FD ...............................................68
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-LW ...............................................69
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2 LC ..................................161
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2 ........................................159
HPI 1.1 ..........................................................................70
HPI 1.16 HV/HVD ...........................................................71
HPI 5 .............................................................................72

B
Burst Telemetry Car Module BT 60F ............................397
Burst Telemetry Pit Module BR 60F ............................396
Burst Telemetry System Overview ...............................394

C
CardMemory C 40/C 40 Plus .......................................370
Connector Opening Tool for AS series ........................413
Current Sensor CS 240 ...............................................180

D
Data Logger C 50 ........................................................372
Data Logger C 60 ........................................................374
Data Logging Accessories ............................................371
Data Logging System DLS ...........................................376
Diesel System Components ..........................................38
Display DDU 7 .............................................................364
Display DDU 8 .............................................................366
Double Fire Coil 2x2 ....................................................132
Double Fire Coil 3x2 ....................................................135

E
Electronic Throttle Body ...............................................41
Engine Control Unit MS 12 ............................................35
Engine Control Unit MS 15.1 .........................................31
Engine Control Unit MS 15.2 .........................................33
Engine Control Unit MS 3 Sport ....................................14
Engine Control Unit MS 4 Sport ....................................16
Engine Control Unit MS 5.0 ...........................................22
Engine Control Unit MS 5.1 ...........................................24
Engine Control Unit MS 5.2 ...........................................28
Engine Control Unit MS 5.5 ...........................................26
Engine Control Units Performance Line ........................19
Engine Control Units Sport Line ....................................11
Extended Module EM-LIN ............................................385

F
FM 40 Tester ...............................................................398
FPR Adaptor ..................................................................52
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 38 ....................................48
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5 ......................................50
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A .....................................46
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini/Mini M .............................44
Fuel Pump FP 100 .........................................................56
Fuel Pump FP 165 .........................................................58
Fuel Pump FP 200 .........................................................60
Fuel Pump FP 300 .........................................................62
Fuel Pump FP 300L .......................................................64

G
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2 .............................................195
General Information ....................................................432

I
Ignition Module IM 3.1 ................................................138
Ignition Module IM 3.2 ................................................140
Ignition Module IM 4 ...................................................142
Inductive Speed Sensor IA ..........................................307
Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C .......................................309
Inductive Speed Sensor IS ..........................................311
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C .......................................313
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-M ......................................315
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-T .......................................317
Injection Valve EV 12 ...................................................148
Injection Valve EV 14 ...................................................152
Injection Valve EV 14i ..................................................156
Injection Valve EV 6 .....................................................144

K
Knock Sensor KS-P ......................................................197
Knock Sensor KS-R ......................................................199

L
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9D ...........................................207
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2 ..............................................201
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9 ..............................................204
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9 ......................................210
Lambdatronic LT4 .......................................................416
Lap Trigger HF 58 Receiver .........................................380
Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter ....................................382
Lap Trigger IR-02 Receiver ..........................................383
Lap Trigger IR-02 Transmitter ......................................384
LapSim ........................................................................407
Lean Angle Sensor LAS-1 ............................................189
Linear Potentiometer LP 10 ........................................213
Linear Potentiometer LP 100 ......................................227
Linear Potentiometer LP 100F ....................................229
Linear Potentiometer LP 150 ......................................231
Linear Potentiometer LP 25 ........................................215
Linear Potentiometer LP 25 twin ................................217
Linear Potentiometer LP 50 ........................................219
Linear Potentiometer LP 50 twin ................................221
Linear Potentiometer LP 75 ........................................223
Linear Potentiometer LP 75F ......................................225

M
Modas ........................................................................404
Modas Sport ...............................................................405
Modular Sensor Interface M 60 ...................................387
MSA-Box II ...................................................................412

438 | Index

O

T

Online Telemetry System Overview .............................389

Telemetry Antenna Dummy Load .................................399
Telemetry Car Antenna Single Band ............................400
Telemetry Unit FM 40 ..................................................391
Temperature Sensor NTC M12 ....................................327
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H .................................329
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L .................................331
Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS .................................319
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-H ...................................321
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS .................................323
Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS .................................325
Temperature Sensor PT 200E ......................................333
Temperature Sensors Infrared TI-100-s/-c ...................337
Temperature Sensors Infrared TI-16-r/-s .....................335
Thermocouple Probe TCP K ........................................339
Thermocouple Probe TCP KA ......................................341
Thermocouple Probe TCP KN2 ....................................344
Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1 .............................................129

P
Pit Receiver Box ..........................................................392
Pit Receiver Package ...................................................393
PowerBox PBX 180 .....................................................419
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-B ..........................................233
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-C ..........................................236
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-2 ..........................................239
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4 ..........................................242
Pressure Sensor Air PSP .............................................244
Pressure Sensor Air PST .............................................246
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10 .....................................249
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10R ..................................251
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-250R ................................253
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260 ...................................255
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM .........................................257
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-S ......................................259
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10 .....................................261
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-100R .................................265
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R ...................................263
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R .................................267
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260 ...................................269
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F .......................................271
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2 ....................................274

U
Upgrade USB ...............................................................378

V
Vibration Profile 1 .......................................................433
Vibration Profile 2 .......................................................434
Vibration Profile 3 .......................................................435

R

W

RaceCon ......................................................................406
Relay 25 A ...................................................................423
Rotary Potentiometer Mini-RP 100-M ..........................277
Rotary Potentiometer RP 100 twin ..............................287
Rotary Potentiometer RP 100/130/308 .......................285
Rotary Potentiometer RP 345-M ..................................289
Rotary Potentiometer RP 360-H ..................................291
Rotary Potentiometer RP 50-/130-/350-M ...................279
Rotary Potentiometer RP 55 ........................................281
Rotary Potentiometer RP 86 ........................................283

WinDarab V7 ...............................................................409
Wiper Direct Actuator WDA .........................................426
Wire Potentiometer WP 100 ........................................352
Wire Potentiometer WP 120 ........................................354
Wire Potentiometer WP 125 ........................................356
Wire Potentiometer WP 35 ..........................................346
Wire Potentiometer WP 50 ..........................................348
Wire Potentiometer WP 75 ..........................................350
Wiring Harnesses ........................................................429

S
Singel Fire Coil P65-E8 ................................................102
Single Fire Coil C90i-E10 ...............................................76Single Fire Coil C90i-E8 .................................................73
Single Fire Coil P35 ......................................................79
Single Fire Coil P35-E10 ................................................85
Single Fire Coil P35-E8 ..................................................82
Single Fire Coil P35-T ....................................................87
Single Fire Coil P35-TE10 ..............................................93
Single Fire Coil P35-TE8 ................................................90
Single Fire Coil P50/P50-M ...........................................96Single Fire Coil P65 .......................................................99
Single Fire Coil P65-E10 ..............................................105
Single Fire Coil P65-T ..................................................108
Single Fire Coil P65-TE10 ............................................114
Single Fire Coil P65-TE8 ..............................................111
Single Fire Coil PS ......................................................117
Single Fire Coil PS-T ....................................................120
Single Fire Coil S19 .....................................................123
Single Fire Coil S22/S22-T ..........................................126
Starter 1.4 kW .............................................................170
Starter 1.7 kW .............................................................172
Starter 2.0 kW .............................................................174
Switches .....................................................................425

Y
Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3 ...............................................192

Bosch Engineering GmbH
Motorsport
For more information please visit
www.bosch-motorsport.com
or send an email tomotorsport@bosch.com© Bosch Engineering GmbH, 2012
Modifications reserved.